xvEPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Getting
In Step
A Guide for
Conducting
Watershed
Outreach
Campaigns
3rd edition
New and improved tips and tools for
creating awareness, educating specific
audiences, and motivating positive
behavior change to improve water quality
-------
Getting In Step
A Guide for Conducting Watershed
Outreach Campaigns
3rd edition
November 2010
EPA 841-B-l0-002
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Water
Nonpoint Source Control Branch (4503T)
Washington, DC 20460
Getting In Step: A Guide for Conducting Watershed Outreach Campaigns was
prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc., under a contract with the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA). This is the 3rd edition of the guide. The 2nd edition was published
in December 2003. The original guide, Getting In Step: A Guide to Effective Outreach
In Your Watershed, was published in 1998 by the Council of State Governments,
pursuant to a cooperative agreement with EPA.
As a companion to this guide, EPA and the Utah Department of Agriculture and Food
jointly developed Getting In Step: A Video Guide for Conducting Watershed Outreach
Campaigns (EPA 841-C-07-001). The 30-minute video on DVD includes four in-depth
case studies that showcase successful outreach programs from around the country
and highlight key tips from this guide.
For copies of this guide and the companion video on DVD, contact
National Service Center for Environmental Publications
Phone: 1-800-490-9198
Fax: 513-489-8695
Website: www.epa.gov/ncepihom
or visit EPAs Nonpoint Source website at www.epa.gov/nps
EPA does not endorse any product, service or enterprise. Any mention of a product,
publication, report, entity or enterprise is for informational purposes only and does
not constitute a recommendation or endorsement by EPA or the U.S. government.
-------
Foreword
Nonpoint source pollution is our nation's largest remaining water quality problem. It is not caused
by pipes discharging waste from big factories or from sewage treatment plants. Rather, it is
generated by all of us, a product of rainfall interacting with millions of actions that we collectively take
each day, including activities such as applying pesticides, fertilizing our lawns, or even driving our cars.
While most of our individual actions have relatively small impacts on water quality, the cumulative
impact of how we choose to interact with our land and water is huge. By becoming more aware of the
effect of our actions on our rivers, streams, lakes, and oceans, however, we can all develop more water-
friendly habits and practices that will enable us to protect and restore the quality of these waters.
This guide offers advice on how watershed groups, local governments, and others can maximize the
effectiveness of public outreach campaigns to reduce nonpoint source pollution and protect the lakes,
rivers, streams, and coasts that we treasure. It is the 3rd edition of a 1998 publication originally published
by the Council of State Governments titled Getting in Step: A Guide to Effective Outreach in Your
Watershed. This edition includes more information on effective social marketing techniques and new
information about using Web 2.0 technologies such as social networks to achieve outreach goals and
objectives. Additionally, this edition makes ample reference to EPA's Nonpoint Source Outreach
Toolbox, which was released since the previous edition. The Toolbox is an online compendium of
resources—including TV, radio, and print ads—to help organizations develop an effective and targeted
outreach campaign. This guide is intended as a reference that pulls together principles, techniques, and
information for effective watershed outreach into a single, user-friendly source. This guide was developed
with input from federal, state and local watershed practitioners and outreach experts.
A companion video on DVD, suitable for viewing by stakeholders, educators, or others interested in
generating watershed outreach campaigns, is available to reinforce the steps outlined in this guide. The
video includes four varied examples of watershed outreach campaigns that utilize the principles presented
in this guide. I hope you find this guide is useful in continuing the important work of raising awareness of
nonpoint source issues and changing individual behaviors that will lead to cleaner waters for your
community and our nation.
Denise Keehner, Director
Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
-------
-------
Contents
Introduction 1
Purpose of this guide 7
What's inside? 2
Part 1: Getting Started 3
Linking outreach and watershed planning 3
Using a watershed approach 4
Using outreach to help meet water quality goals 5
Using outreach to help get the job done 6
Using outreach to help change behavior. 6
Social marketing 101 7
Building partnerships to achieve goals 8
Part 2: Developing a Watershed Outreach Campaign Plan 9
Step 1: Define the driving forces, goals, and objectives 9
Driving forces 9
Goals 10
Objectives 77
Setting up the evaluation process 72
Process checklist 74
Step 2: Identify and analyze the target audience 75
Segmenting the audience 75
Geographic location 76
Demographics 76
Occupation or links to certain activities 76
Attitudes and behavior patterns 76
Deciding which segment to target 76
Picking the low-hanging fruit 78
What information do I need about the target audience? 19
Demographics 19
Current activities and knowledge of the issue 19
Attitudes, beliefs, and perceptions 20
Communication channels 20
Social data 20
How do I get information on the target audience? 27
Using information already available 22
Demographic databases, studies, and reports 22
Public agencies 23
Trade associations 23
Universities.. .23
Contents
-------
Collecting new information 24
Surveys by mail 24
Surveys by phone 24
Intercept surveys 26
Surveys by e-mail/Web 27
Personal surveys 30
Focus groups 30
Community/neighborhood discussions 33
Observation 33
Community cultural assessment and characterization 34
Social maps. 35
Asset maps 35
Cognitive maps 36
Concept maps 36
Social network maps 36
Online chatter research 37
Analyzing and understanding the audience 37
Barriers to action: Why do they do what they do? 37
Understanding beliefs 38
Social norms: Everyone's doing it! 39
Critical mass 39
The roles people play 39
Process checklist 47
Step 3: Create the message 42
Deciding on which behaviors to focus 42
Crafting the message 43
The importance of framing 44
Branding your program 45
Getting the audience's attention 46
Getting a response 48
Messages with incentives and rewards 48
Setting up a beneficial exchange 50
Message delivery. 50
Process checklist 54
Step 4: Package the message 55
Linking the needs of the audience to the format 55
Format considerations 55
Greening up your outreach methods and materials 56
Repeating the message 57
Don't reinvent the wheel! 58
Format options 58
Mass media formats 59
News coverage 59
Why use the news media? 59
The news is free! . . 60
Contents
-------
What makes the news? 60
How do I "do" the news? 63
Establishing a relationship with the media 64
Levels of doing the news 64
News coverage formats: News releases 65
News coverage formats: Video news releases 68
News coverage formats: Letters to the editor 69
News coverage formats: Query letters 70
News coverage formats: News conferences 70
Advertising 77
Advertising formats: The radio PSA 77
Advertising formats: The TV PSA 75
Advertising formats: Online ads and other media 77
Banner ads 77
Floating ads 77
Pop-up and pop-under ads 77
Rich media ads 77
Text ads 77
Where to place your ad. 78
Pay structure for online ads 78
Videos 79
Print materials 79
Design and production 80
White space 80
Fonts 80
Layout of text 80
Making your text come alive 87
Hooks 87
Logos 87
Using artwork and photos 82
Prompts 84
Brochures 85
Flyers 85
Posters 86
Displays 86
Billboards 86
Presentations 87
Events 89
Community fairs and festivals 90
Field trips 92
Open houses 92
Public hearings and meetings 92
Interactive and facilitated meetings 93
Hands-on events.. . 94
Contents
-------
Other formats 95
Giveaways 95
What to give away 95
Bumper stickers 96
T-shirts and promotional items 96
Mascots 97
What does it cost? 97
Process checklist 99
Step 5: Distribute the message 700
Who delivers the message? 700
Distribution methods 707
Face-to-face 702
The Internet 702
Creating a website 703
Registering a domain name 704
Designing your website 704
Marketing your website 704
Partnering with other website hosts 705
E-mail distribution 705
E-mail discussion lists 706
Using social media and other Web 2.0 tools 707
Social Networking Sites 707
Facebook 707
Twitter 708
Web syndication 708
RSS feeds 708
Podcasts 709
Blogs and vlogs 709
Media-sharing sites 770
Flickr 770
YouTube 770
Other Methods of Online Information Sharing 777
Wikis 777
Widgets 777
Text messaging 772
The future of the Web and outreach activities 7 72
Mail 772
News media 773
Timing is everything 774
Staffing the effort. 774
Recruit volunteers and interns 774
Piggybacking your message 7 765
Go on the road 775
Work with local businesses 776
Process checklist . .776
Contents
-------
Step 6: Evaluate the outreach campaign 777
Why evaluate? 777
When to evaluate 777
Types of evaluations 778
Process evaluations 720
Impact evaluations 727
Water quality indicators 727
Social Indicators 727
Context evaluations 723
Process checklist 724
Where do I go from here? 724
Part 3: Implementing the campaign 125
Developing an operating plan 725
Scheduling 727
Determining resources and support 727
How partnerships can help 727
Where to find partners 727
Securing funding 728
Foundations 729
Nonprofit organizations 729
Federal funding sources 729
State funding sources 730
Local and private funding sources 737
Maintaining the momentum 737
Overcoming barriers to success 737
Poor coordination and planning 737
Lack of communication 732
Political wrangling and changing regulations 732
Fear of the unknown 733
Letting money drive the process 733
Letting the process bog you down 734
A final thought 734
Appendix A: Building Blocks Worksheets A-1
Appendix B: Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change B-1
Appendix C: Behavior Selection Matrix C-1
Appendix D: Outreach Campaign Evaluation Questions D-1
Appendix E: Want to Know More? E-1
Contents
-------
-------
Introduction
Purpose of this guide
The purpose of this guide is to provide the tools you need to
develop and implement an effective outreach campaign as part
of a state or local water quality improvement effort. Whether you're
charged with developing a watershed management plan to restore
impaired waters or protecting your local water resources for the fu-
ture, this guide will help you understand the importance of reaching
out to people and motivating them to act. It will help you understand
the audiences in your watershed, create messages that resonate with
them, find appropriate ways to communicate your message, and
prompt changes in behavior to reduce water pollution.
This guide is the second update of the 1998 publication Getting In Step:
A Guide to Effective Outreach in Your Watershed. In 2003 the guide was
updated and renamed (Getting in Step: A Guide for Conducting Wa-
tershed Outreach Campaigns] to include more specific information on
how to work with the mass media to conduct an outreach campaign
and how to incorporate social marketing techniques into a campaign to
generate sustainable behavior changes that will protect water quality.
With this current update, more background and case studies on social
marketing have been added, along with a new section on the connec-
tion between outreach and watershed planning. In addition, informa-
tion on using the latest Web-based tools (e.g., social networking sites,
mobile phone technologies, YouTube) has been included to help you
keep pace with the latest techniques available to make your outreach
campaign easier, more cost-effective, and more successful.
The guide will teach you how to listen to the needs of your audience
rather than just blindly handing out fact sheets or reports that sit on
shelves and collect dust. It will show you the important roles that
audience research and program evaluation play in changing personal
behavior. The step-by-step approach to social marketing and outreach
planning and implementation in this guide will help you to determine
the most effective vehicle to reach your target audience and motivate
behavior change.
As a companion to the guide, the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) and the Utah Department of Agriculture and Food
jointly developed a how-to video called Getting In Step: A Video
Guide for Conducting Watershed Outreach Campaigns. This 35-minute
What's in the
Introduction?
• Purpose of this guide
• What's inside?
You should read this
guide if...
You're in charge of a
stormwater permit program
You're part of a federal, state,
or local water quality program
staff
You're a local watershed
coordinator just starting your
watershed planning process
You're a public works direc-
tor or staff person responsible
for implementing stormwater
programs
You don't have any back-
ground in outreach, education,
or communication, but you've
found yourself responsible for
these aspects of a water
quality program
Outreach and education can
help create an awareness of the
value of our water resources,
educate people about what's
threatening the resources, and
encourage protective action.
Introduction
-------
Look for this icon elsewhere in
this guide to indicate resources
available in EPA's Nonpoint Source
Outreach Toolbox.
A word about the
word campaign...
For the purpose of this guide
campaign is defined "a connected
series of operations designed to
bring about a particular result."
A campaign is not a single prod-
uct or event, but rather a suite
of activities, materials, and dis-
tribution formats that have been
carefully coordinated to achieve
specific goals and objectives.
The key to successful outreach
is targeting your message to a
specific audience and having them
respond to your message.
DVD provides background on the six steps for conducting an
environmental outreach campaign and includes four in-depth case
studies that showcase successful local outreach programs from across
the country. The DVD icon ^% in this guide highlights information
from the video case studies.
In addition to the outreach guide and video, EPA published a guide in
the Getting in Step series on stakeholder involvement. Getting in Step:
Engaging Stakeholders in Your Watershed features information on
how to generate interest and participation in watershed assessment,
planning, and management. Web-based versions of all of these guides
are available in EPA's Nonpoint Source Outreach Toolbox at
www. epa.gov/nps/toolbox.
What's inside?
Getting In Step provides the overall framework for developing and
implementing your outreach campaign in concert with an overall water
quality improvement effort. It is divided into three main parts: Part I,
Getting Started; Part II, Developing a Watershed Outreach Campaign
Plan; and Part III, Implementing the Campaign. Part II is the main fo-
cus of the guide because it presents the outreach process as six
discrete steps, with each step building on the previous ones:
Step 1: Define the driving forces, goals, and objectives.
Step 2: Identify and analyze the target audience.
Step 3: Create the message.
Step 4: Package the message.
Step 5: Distribute the message.
Step 6: Evaluate the outreach campaign.
Appendixes A-D include worksheets to help you develop your
outreach plan. They may be photocopied and used as templates for
preparing your plan. Appendix E provides information on additional
resources for outreach and education. It includes publications, web-
sites, e-mail discussion lists, and other available outreach materials.
Throughout the guide, sidebars provide specific examples, key con-
cepts, and recommended resources for obtaining more information.
So let's get started on developing an effective watershed outreach
campaign!
Introduction
-------
Part 1: Getting Started
Before you put pen to paper, it's important to stop and think about
the reasons you're doing outreach and how they relate to water-
shed problems. To be effective (making progress toward achieving
water quality goals), outreach programs need to be carefully crafted
to help address specific water quality issues on a watershed basis. By
the same token, outreach can help you get your job done—whether
you're a watershed coordinator, public works manager, or employee
of a state environmental agency. Done correctly, outreach can be
an effective tool to help motivate people to adopt behaviors that
will help improve and protect water quality, while at the same time
strengthening watershed planning efforts, meeting regulatory require-
ments, and helping to build partnerships.
Linking outreach and watershed
planning
We've made a lot of progress cleaning up America's lakes, rivers,
and streams since the 1972 Clean Water Act was passed. Rivers don't
catch fire anymore. Fish kills are down, and the quality of sewage
treatment has improved dramatically. Some of the worst problems
have been solved. The Clean Water Act has focused a powerful array
of regulations and resources on improving wastewater discharges
from cities, factories, and other facilities. Billions of dollars have
been spent on new treatment plants, permitting systems, and inspec-
tions. But even with all of our laws and regulations, about 40 percent
of the nation's waters are still too polluted for fishing, swimming,
and other uses. Compounding the problem is a lack of public aware-
ness. Many of America's waters are still contaminated by sediment,
sewage, disease-causing bacteria, fertilizers, manure, toxic metals,
and oil and grease. Some of our stream corridors, riverbanks, and
lakeshores lack stabilizing vegetation and continue to erode, further
degrading water quality and aquatic habitat. In its report Environ-
mental Literacy in America (September 2005), the National Environ-
mental Education and Training Foundation stated that 47 percent of
respondents still believe that the most common cause of water pollu-
tion is factories.
Today, polluted runoff is the source of most of the contamination in
the nation's waters. Heavy rains and melting snow pick up pollut-
ants and transport them downhill toward the nearest body of water
What's in Parti?
• Linking outreach to watershed
planning
• Using outreach to help meet
water quality goals
• Using outreach to help get the
job done
• Using outreach to help change
behavior
• Building partnerships to achieve
goals
Point versus
nonpoint
Point source pollution is linked
mostly to direct discharges from
wastewater treatments plants,
factories, urbanized areas, and
concentrated animal feeding
operations.
Nonpoint source pollution (also
called polluted runoff) comes
from many diffuse sources. It
occurs when rainfall or snowmelt
moves over and through the
ground. As it moves, the run-
off picks up pollutants such as
dirt, oil, and fertilizers and car-
ries them to lakes, rivers, coastal
waters, and even our under-
ground sources of drinking water.
Part 1: Getting Started
-------
or leach through the soil, carrying pollutants toward ground water
supplies.
Runoff from an urban or suburban area, for example, is likely to con-
tain the following:
• Fertilizer and pesticides leached from lawns
• Oil and antifreeze washed off driveways
• Bacteria and organic matter from pet waste
• Sediment from construction sites.
Runoff from farms, homes, or factories in rural areas can contain
many of the same pollutants. Urban runoff is also characterized by
high storm flows and increased water temperatures. Multiplied by
hundreds or thousands of acres in a watershed, the cumulative effect
of polluted runoff can be devastating to the receiving waters down-
stream.
EPA and state and local governments are addressing these challenges
by focusing on some of the remaining major sources of water pol-
lution (e.g., urban streets and parking lots, livestock farms, failing
septic systems). They're implementing best management practices
(BMPs) to reduce polluted runoff and launching new initiatives to
educate people and motivate them to change their personal behaviors
to help in the effort. But the problems are so widespread that fighting
polluted runoff requires the efforts of individuals and communities
nationwide. Most people don't realize that many of the things they do
every day in and around their homes contribute to polluted runoff.
Those individual behaviors need to be changed. Making a change
from pollution-generating behaviors to pollution-preventing behaviors
requires education, enlightenment, and new attitudes. When people
know, understand, and change how they do things, polluted runoff
problems can be solved.
Using a watershed approach
Much of the current effort at the federal and state levels to clean up
pollution and protect water quality is organized through a watershed
approach focused on geographic boundaries defined by drainage
basins instead of political or jurisdictional boundaries. This approach
provides a flexible coordinating framework that focuses public and
private efforts on targeted problems within specific drainage basins.
The guiding principles of the approach are stakeholder partnerships,
a geographic focus, and sound science. Thousands of projects over
dozens of years have shown that involving the people affected by wa-
tershed management decisions in making those decisions generates
high levels of long-term support and success. Even more important,
however, is motivating changes in individual behaviors in the wa-
tershed to help achieve water quality improvements after watershed
plans have been developed.
Part 1: Getting Started
-------
Constant feedback is necessary to determine whether the practices
used actually help clean up or protect the lake, river, stream, wet-
land, or ground water source of concern. Throughout the process,
there is a continuous need to inform, engage, and motivate water
quality managers, "sideline" stakeholders, cooperating agencies,
elected officials, so-called "bad actors," and the public. Outreach
campaigns can be powerful tools in this process.
In March 2008, EPA published the Handbook for Developing Wa-
tershed Plans to Restore and Protect Our Waters (www.epa.gov/nps/
watershed_handbook]. The Handbook is a comprehensive guide to
developing and implementing watershed plans to meet water quality
standards and protect water resources—from identifying problems
and setting goals to selecting solutions and measuring progress.
Chapter 3 of the Handbook complements this guide by providing de-
tails on the critical first step of building partnerships to help achieve
water quality goals.
Another resource that links outreach and partnership-building to
watershed planning and management is the Stakeholder Guide noted
in the introduction. It describes in detail how to identify stakeholders
and partners, host productive meetings, make decisions by con-
sensus, and secure funding. Later on, you'll learn more about how
partnerships can help with watershed outreach campaigns and where
you can look to find partners.
Using outreach to help meet water
quality goals
At the start of your watershed planning process, you probably asked
yourself, "What do I want to happen as a result of my watershed
plan? What kind of water quality improvements would I like to see?"
The same questions should be asked when embarking on a water-
shed outreach campaign. Ideally the answers will be the similar,
if not the same. As mentioned earlier, polluted runoff is the main
problem plaguing our waters today. Much of that runoff is not be-
ing addressed by permits, laws, and regulations. Instead, it is up to
individual citizens, landowners, developers, and businesses to find
ways to prevent pollution. Sometimes the only way to address a
particular source of pollution is through education. For example, in
waterways affected primarily by dog waste, education might be the
simplest and most publicly acceptable way of reducing fecal coliform
bacteria in the water. Outreach and education are vital in such cases
but can also make a dent in addressing many other types of pollutant
sources. Ensuring that your outreach goals and objectives are linked
to your overall water quality improvement or protection goals will
help make your campaign more successful.
Part 1: Getting Started
-------
Using outreach to help get the job
done
Many state and federal agencies require some form of outreach or
public education and involvement as part of their water quality laws
and regulations. One of the driving forces requiring outreach during
watershed planning is section 319 (h) of the Clean Water Act, which
addresses nonpoint source pollution. If watershed plans are devel-
oped in support of a section 319-funded project, they must address
the nine key elements that EPA has stated are required for achiev-
ing improvements in water quality. Developing an information and
education component for the watershed plan is one the nine key ele-
ments. And watershed planning and management have many other
aspects that require some outreach activities. (More information on
the 319 program and its requirements can be found at www.epa.gov/
nps/cwact.html.}
In addition, Phase II of EPA's National Pollutant Discharge Elimina-
tion System (NPDES) stormwater regulations, which calls for certain
municipal separate storm sewer system operators to develop and
implement stormwater management programs, requires that localities
provide opportunities for citizens to participate in the development of
the program and that they distribute educational materials on storm-
water runoff. Developing an effective outreach campaign not only
will help gain the critical support and compliance that will lead to
the ultimate success of the stormwater management program but also
will help meet the federal requirements EPA has set. If your program
requires the cooperation of the public to meet its legal obligations,
making the audience aware of the issues, educating them on what
needs to be done, and motivating them to take action will help you
meet both your regulatory and water quality objectives.
Using outreach to help change
behavior
Changing behavior through education and developing responsible
3 attitudes among watershed citizens and communities is not a simple
task, but experience has demonstrated that it can be done. Think of
times when you've changed your own attitude or behavior, perhaps
when you finally realized that it really isn't so hard to separate the
recyclables from the trash or decided to get serious about a diet or
exercise program. A few things happened before the behavior change
took place. First, you received information on the ramifications of
your current behavior—specific data on the problem. Then you linked
your actions to something you cared about—your health or your
pocketbook, for instance. Finally, you decided to do something about
it. Maybe you haven't achieved the success you ultimately want, but
you're trying and you're better off now than you were.
That's the approach needed to address polluted runoff. Although
it's important to let people know about the water quality problems,
sometimes simply informing and educating people on the issues is
Part 1: Getting Started
-------
not enough to initiate behavior change. One of the most effective
ways to get people to change their behavior is through social mar-
keting.
Social marketing 101
At its most basic level, social marketing means looking at your water-
shed community as consumers. Social marketing incorporates proven
commercial marketing principles into education about social issues.
Instead of selling products or services, it sells ideas, attitudes, and
behaviors. The goal of social marketing is not to make money, but to
improve our society and the environment.
Social marketing might be most familiar to you in terms of pre-
venting drunk driving or forest fires. Everyone knows the popular
slogans—"Friends don't let friends drive drunk" and "Only you can
prevent forest fires." These campaigns persuade the public that a
problem exists that only they can solve. These types of campaigns
benefit the public at large and the environment.
As defined by Philip Kotler, Nancy Lee, and Michael Rothschild, na-
tionally known social marketing experts, social marketing is
"a process that applies marketing principles and techniques to create,
communicate, and deliver value in order to influence target audience
behaviors that benefit society as well as the target audience." Social
marketing is not merely a single slogan, a brochure, or a radio public
service announcement (PSA). It is a process. The process includes
careful audience analysis, analysis of behaviors, identification of the
barriers to behavior change, message planning and techniques to
overcome those barriers, execution of appropriate outreach methods,
and evaluation of the process and the impact—all of which are neces-
sary for a successful social marketing campaign.
Consider the well-known, award-winning Smokey Bear commercials.
One famous ad showed a crackling forest fire as reflected in Smokey
Bear's eyes. It was a very clever PSA, but you could not say that it
was social marketing unless it focused on a targeted audience, identi-
fied and overcame specific behavior barriers, and was promoted in
ways that offered some kind of benefit to the audience. If the ad was
the only aspect of the campaign, that would have been all it was—
just another catchy PSA. However, the Ad Council, which has cospon-
sored the 65-year campaign, conducts surveys, manages an online
pledge program, hosts social media profiles on Facebook and Twitter,
and has numerous outreach materials such as teacher's guides, activ-
ity books, radio and TV PSAs, posters, online burning acreage coun-
ters, interactive maps of current wildfires, and many other resources
to make it easy, fun, and convenient to learn about and teach others
the importance of fire safety (www.STnokeybear.com}. According to
a recent Ad Council survey, Smokey Bear and his famous words of
wisdom—"Only you can prevent forest fires"—are recalled by three
out of four adults without prompting.
Social marketing
resources
See Appendix E of this guide
for numerous social marketing
resources, including publications,
e-mail discussion lists, websites,
and case study repositories.
Part 1: Getting Started
-------
Social marketing focuses on
societal benefits. There is strong
consensus that environmental pro
tection preserves societies, as well
as the environment.
The key differentiator between social marketing and traditional
outreach and education is that social marketing involves identifying
and removing the barriers that have prevented the consumer from
"buying" the recommended behavior. For example, if you're trying to
get people to test their soil before they apply lawn fertilizer, you can
make it easier for them: sponsor a soil test day on which a local gar-
den supply store hands out free soil test kits and demonstrates their
use, or work with schools to have students test soil at their homes or
local parks. This approach will go a lot further toward getting people
to test their soil than merely sending out a flyer in the mail. If the
barrier is structural, economic, or political, a multifaceted solution
that incorporates group decision-making processes might be war-
ranted. Such a process could help change policies or make funds or
equipment available that might not have been available otherwise.
The key to effective social marketing is talking and listening to the
people you're trying to reach and trying to determine what it is that
will motivate them to make a change or do something new. Part II
provides tips on using various social marketing tools that focus on
addressing behavior barriers and incorporating commitment, social
norms, and prompts to achieve results. (Refer to Steps 2, 3, and 4 in
particular).
Building partnerships to achieve
goals
Environmental issues are often too complex and too expensive for
one group or organization to tackle on its own. That's where part-
nerships can be useful. A partnership is a voluntary collaboration
of agencies, organizations, or other groups or individuals that have
joined to work toward a common goal. Partnering can play an instru-
mental role in the success of your campaign. In times of shrinking
budgets and increased public demands, many agencies can benefit
from the resources and support that cross-agency and public-private
partnerships can offer. In addition, engaging a wide variety of part-
ners early in your outreach process helps to create a team that will
be very helpful when it is time to identify audiences, messages, and
formats for your outreach campaign.
Partnerships have many advantages, including providing access to
resources; increasing effectiveness, efficiency, and public influence;
allowing for creativity and innovation; and improving communica-
tion between typically adversarial parties. Partners can also offer staff,
access to and support from their membership, publicity, political
influence, and/or financial resources. In addition, partnerships lend
credibility to your effort when you're seeking funding and delivering
your message. Refer to Part III, Implementing the Campaign, for more
details on how to find partners and work with them to strengthen
your outreach campaign.
Part 1: Getting Started
-------
Part 2: Developing a
Watershed Outreach
Campaign Plan
To develop an effective outreach campaign, you need a plan. Just
as you would never drive through unfamiliar territory without
a map or GPS unit, you should not conduct an outreach campaign
without a plan. The planning process presented in this section fol-
lows well-defined steps, and it's important to identify the elements
and information needed to complete each step before proceeding to
the next. Each step is at least partially dependent on the previous
one, so it's vital to go through the steps sequentially and completely
before moving on. Too often, someone starts in the middle of the
process and important steps such as identifying measurable objec-
tives or defining target audiences, for example, are ignored. Such an
unfocused approach is often ineffective and wasteful. Working closely
with watershed stakeholders and representatives of your audience
will also help make your process more cost-effective and successful.
In addition, keep in mind that your objectives will help you deter-
mine the appropriate watershed scale needed to conduct effective
outreach. It is often best to break your area into smaller watersheds
on which you can focus separately.
>
Define the driving forces,
goals, and objectives
When considering whether to develop an outreach campaign, you
first need to ask yourself why you need one. What are the driv-
ing forces? These driving forces will then help shape your goals and
objectives. Setting goals and objectives will guide the process of engag-
ing and informing those who are contributing to water quality degrada-
tion and motivating them to adopt more appropriate behaviors.
Driving forces
Most outreach campaigns are driven by the need to address some
underlying problem, such as a water quality standards violations, new
regulations, flooding, public concern, or similar issues. Identifying the
forces that are compelling the need for an outreach campaign—and
exploring their connection to other water quality and quality-of-life
What's in Part 2?
• Step 1: Define the driving forces,
goals, and objectives
• Step 2: Identify and analyze the
target audience
• Step 3: Create the message
• Step 4: Package the message
• Step 5: Distribute the message
• Step 6: Evaluate the outreach
campaign
• Where do I go from here?
What's in Step 1?
• Driving forces
• Goals
• Objectives
• Setting up the evaluation
process
Part 2
Step 1: Define the Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
-------
TMDLs as a
driving force
Since 1995,41,500
approved Total Maximum
Daily Loads (TMDLs) have been
developed by the states or
established by the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency (EPA),
addressing more than 38,000
listed impairments. Although this
represents a significant number
of TMDLs and a large effort by
the states and EPA, states have
identified nearly 71,000 TMDLs
still to be developed in the next
8-13 years.
Is it a mission, a
vision, or a goal?
Many people get hung up on the
terminology when setting their
goals. The important thing to
remember is that it is a hierarchy:
You move from the broad (goals
or mission statements) to the spe-
cific (objectives and tasks). Each
subsequent level should answer
the question "How?" from the
previous level. For example, if
your goal is to restore the trout
fishery, the next level down
should answer "How would you
restore the fishery?"
issues — will help determine the goals and focus of the campaign. The
key question here is "Why are we thinking about doing this?"
Identifying and characterizing the forces that are motivating your in-
terest in an outreach campaign will help to define your objectives and
set the overall framework for your efforts. For example, the City of
San Diego faced two powerful driving forces when addressing storm-
water pollution— one political and one regulatory. After considerable
public pressure to reduce beach bacteria postings and closures, city
council action led to the development of the "Think Blue" campaign
[www.sandiego.gov/thinkblue], a stormwater education and pollu-
tion prevention campaign designed to address persistent bacteria
runoff problems. In addition, the city's stormwater permit specifically
required documentation of behavior change and an increase in storm-
water awareness among city residents.
Check out the Getting In Step video.
Development pressure was the driving force in west Michigan, where
protection of the Bear Creek watershed meant gaining public buy-in
for the development of stricter ordinances outlining where homes
could be built. The Bear Creek Watershed Project organizers launched
a hefty outreach campaign to spread their message.
Check out the Getting In Step video.
Development of a Total Maximum Daily Load, or TMDL (the maxi-
mum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and still
meet water quality standards), can also generate the need for an
outreach campaign (see box) . Once a TMDL is calculated for a water-
body, stakeholders in the watershed should be educated on what
they can do to help meet the objectives of the TMDL and assist in
its implementation. Such stakeholder
involvement is a very important part
of the process. To find out how to ef-
fectively engage stakeholders in water
quality protection, read the compan-
ion guide, Getting In Step: Engaging
Stakeholders In Your Watershed. The
Stakeholder Guide is available in EPA's
Nonpoint Source Outreach Toolbox at
www. epa.gov/nps/toolbox.
Goals
Keeping the driving forces you identified in mind, you can now
develop goals and objectives for your campaign. Goals are general
statements that express the broad focus of your effort.
Make sure that your goals link back to the driving forces. For ex-
ample, in response to declining fisheries, the goal of your watershed
project might be to protect and restore a local trout fishery. You (or
your planning team) have decided that outreach is needed to increase
public awareness about the importance of the trout fishery to the
Step 1: Define the Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
Part 2
-------
community and to increase community involvement in protecting
and restoring the fishery. Later on, you'll develop and implement a
wide range of specific, measurable objectives to support those goals.
In some cases, there might not be an overarching water quality
improvement effort driving your campaign. For example, if your com-
munity's trout fishery is not yet in trouble but you would like to pre-
serve and protect its pristine nature and ensure its quality for future
generations, the goal of your outreach campaign might be simply to
generate awareness of the importance of the fishery and the need
to protect it. No problem is necessary before a campaign can begin.
Prevention is the best medicine. Remember that awareness is the first
step toward behavior change.
Objectives
The objectives developed to achieve a goal should be specific, mea-
surable, action-oriented, relevant, and time-focused (SMART). You'll
probably develop several objectives for each goal you're trying to
achieve. Keep the desired outcome in mind when forming your
objectives. Do you want to create awareness, provide information, or
encourage action among the target audience? It's important to make
your objectives as specific as possible and to include a time ele-
ment as well as a result. This approach will make it easier to identify
specific tasks and will let you evaluate whether you've achieved the
objective. For example, an objective for the goal of increasing commu-
nity involvement in the protection and restoration of the trout fishery
might be to start a citizen volunteer monitoring program by next year.
It's important to remember that as you progress through the phases of
developing and implementing an outreach campaign, your outreach
objectives and activities will change. As the target audience becomes
aware of the issues, you'll focus your efforts toward action. For
example, during the early stages of the planning process, it might be
necessary to generate basic awareness of watershed issues and define
polluted runoff; but as problems are identified, your objectives will
focus on educating the target audiences on the causes of the problems
and the potential solutions. Finally, your objectives will change to
motivating action by the target audience to reduce adverse water qual-
ity impacts. Refer to page 21, for a discussion of the stages of behavior
change that can affect how your target audience moves along a con-
tinuum of changes. Listed below are some driving forces and general
watershed project goals, with examples of the types of outreach objec-
tives that should be considered for each goal:
Driving force: Algal blooms are causing taste and odor problems in
the local drinking water reservoir.
Goal: Create a grassroots watershed association.
Objective: Within six months, identify five organizations willing to
become project partners by signing a Memorandum of Agreement.
Healthy
Watersheds
Initiative Sets
Goal of Preventing
Future Water Quality
Problems
EPA's Healthy Watersheds Initia-
tive includes both assessment and
management approaches that
encourage states, local govern-
ments, watershed organizations,
and others to take a strategic,
systems approach to conserve
healthy components of water-
sheds, and, therefore, avoid addi-
tional water quality impairments
in the future. The approach
involves 1) identifying healthy
watersheds on a state-wide basis
and healthy components of other
watersheds; and 2) conserving
healthy watersheds and protect-
ing healthy components of other
watersheds. It is an approach that
will protect the remaining healthy
watersheds and prevent impacts
to aquatic ecosystems (and, thus,
water quality impairments) from
land use changes and other per-
turbations (e.g., invasive species)
in other watersheds. For more
information about the Healthy
Watersheds Initiative, visit
www. epa.gov/healthywatersheds.
Part 2
Step 1: Define the Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
-------
The term
watershed...
Although some people
have heard the term water-
shed, few people understand it
well enough to be able to define
it and, more importantly, few peo-
ple see the value in understanding
what a watershed is in address-
ing the problem of nonpoint
source pollution. While raising
watershed awareness is a posi-
tive outcome in general, not all
successful campaigns to improve
or protect water quality hang on
a target audience's understand-
ing of the term watershed—and
in fact, such efforts may be an
inefficient use of resources. Link-
ing the problem to the causes is
often the most important stage of
education.
Driving force: Development pressures are threatening local water
resources.
Goal: Develop a shared community vision or goal for the water re-
source.
Objectives: Hold two meetings in July to solicit comments from stake-
holders and the public on what they envision for the watershed in
the future; communicate elements of the agreed-upon goal or vision
at both monthly watershed association meetings and town council
meetings.
Driving force: The local river is not meeting water quality standards
for cadmium.
Goal: Conduct a baseline assessment of watershed conditions.
Objectives: Through local media outlets, notify organizations and the
public the first week of March that baseline studies are under way;
encourage those with information on abandoned dump sites or other
possible contaminant sources to contact the planning team by the end
of May to ensure that the information is included in the assessment.
Driving force: Future grant funding will be dependent on demon-
strated progress.
Goal: Evaluate watershed management program success, and adjust
approach if necessary.
Objectives: Recruit volunteer monitors to gather long-range informa-
tion on water quality trends; conduct five volunteer monitoring train-
ing courses over the next two years.
Once your objectives are defined, you'll need to prioritize them. You
should evaluate which objectives are most important to help meet
your overall goal. The priority goals and objectives you focus on
might change from year to year because of political, economic, or
climatic influences.
Use the Building Blocks worksheets in Appendix A to help you define
the driving forces, goals, and objectives for your campaign.
Setting up the evaluation process
Although Step 6 of this guide provides more in-depth coverage of
how to evaluate your outreach campaign, building in evaluation from
the beginning and during every step will ensure that you stay on
the right track and meet your program objectives. Ideally, feedback
generated after each completed step will help you carry out the tasks
for each subsequent step more effectively. You'll need to identify and
use both social and environmental indicators to guide you along the
way. Social indicators are measures that describe the capacity, skills,
awareness, knowledge, values, beliefs, and behaviors of individu-
als or groups of people that are expected to lead to water quality
improvement. Environmental indicators are measures that describe
changes to the watershed or water quality environment that can be
correlated to specific actions or activities. Before you put pen to paper
to write your outreach campaign plan, you should take some time to
Step 1: Define the Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
Part 2
-------
familiarize yourself with the evaluation methods described in Step 6
of this guide. Doing so will give you the background you need to
think about and add evaluation measures as you develop and imple-
ment your plan.
In addition, this guide includes specific evaluation questions af-
ter each step to help you along the way. Keep in mind, however,
that what is successful in one part of the country might not work
in another region, state, or locality. By the same token, failure of a
particular method of outreach for one issue or in one area does not
necessarily mean that it won't work for your campaign. In the next
step you'll learn how researching your target audience will help you
determine what might work best for your situation.
e" • b • * > ^ Building Blocks:
WMV1NG FOR®, GOALS,
wowEcnvEs Step 1: Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
At the end of each step, you'll see a hypothetical Building Blocks case study box like this one, which high-
lights the activities that should be undertaken in that step.
Herndon County (a hypothetical locality) is suffering the effects of rapid development. The county's popula-
tion has increased by 107 percent over the past 20 years. Many watersheds in the county are facing serious
water quality problems, including phosphorus and nitrogen overloading caused by urban runoff, sedimen-
tation and erosion, bacterial contamination, and flooding due to impervious surfaces.
To overcome many of these problems, Herndon County has developed a watershed management plan to
provide a planning framework for the county to make the most supportable, cost-efficient decisions on
management practices that will restore and protect water quality. The county's overall goals for the plan are
the following:
• Maintain the environmental goals set for the county's streams and lakes by the state.
• Reduce nutrient runoff from residential and commercial areas.
• Reduce the potential for flooding as development occurs.
• Increase awareness about water quality problems and solutions to protect water quality.
• Strengthen the linkage between land use activities and water quality and flooding.
• Satisfy the requirements of the NPDES Storm Water Phase II regulations.
The overall goal of the county's public outreach program is to "increase the involvement of the community
in watershed protection activities through awareness, education, and action." The public outreach pro-
gram will directly support the watershed management goals. The following are some of the objectives that
county staff identified to help achieve the outreach program's goal:
• Research the level of awareness in the county through focus groups and a phone survey in the spring.
• Make residents aware that they live in a watershed and that their day-to-day activities affect water
quality.
• Increase awareness of residential nutrient runoff by 25 percent within one year and encourage
behaviors that will reduce nutrient pollution in local streams and lakes.
• Through a six-month media campaign, educate residents and
businesses about the link between land use activities and
water quality/flooding, as well as about the county's role
in protecting water resources and managing stormwater.
Part 2 Step 1: Define the Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
-------
"We conduct an annual phone
survey that reaches about 450
households to determine changes
in behavior and increased aware-
ness of watershed issues. We use
the information to help shape
our media campaign for the next
year, deciding where to put our
resources and what issues we
need to focus on."
—Deborah Castillo, City of San
Diego Storm Water Program
www.sandiego.gov/thinkblue
Check out the Getting In
Step video.
PROCESS CHECKLIST
Step 1: Define your driving forces, goals,
and objectives
Are we clear on why we are doing what we are doing?
Are the objectives consistent with the planning team's goals?
Are the objectives specific, with time limits and measurable
components?
Will the objectives be accepted and understood by the people
who will be affected by them?
Will I be able to evaluate whether the objectives were
accomplished?
Do I have the resources to accomplish the identified objectives?
Have I begun to identify ways to evaluate my progress and
impact?
Step 1: Define the Driving Forces, Goals, and Objectives
Part 2
-------
r Identify and analyze the
'target audience
Once you've identified your goals and objectives, you need to
identify the audiences you'll target to achieve your objectives.
The target audience is the group of people you want to reach with
your message. In some cases it might be obvious, but in others you'll
be able to identify it only after conducting research. For example, if
you're trying to decrease lawn fertilizer applications, do-it-yourself
residents and lawn care companies might be target audiences. If you
want to increase streamside vegetated buffers, property owners along
the stream corridor might be one of the target audiences. If you want
to discourage people from purchasing toxic household products,
your target audience might be stay-at-home parents who do most of
the household shopping. Raising general awareness of the value and
function of a water resource, however, will necessitate a very broad
target audience. And remember, although raising the general aware-
ness of the audience is an important first step, it should not be the
final goal of your effort.
In reality, there is rarely just one audience. The messages you develop
need to be tailored to the different segments of the community that
you wish to reach. For example, a campaign to reduce shoreline ero-
sion caused by heavy boat wake at a lake should be targeted at two
different audiences—homeowners with shoreline property and docks
as well as summer and weekend lake visitors. Each audience uses
the lake differently and might place a different value on its resources.
Both, however, will benefit from the collective reduction in boat wake
action along shorelines.
In all cases, break down the target audience into the smallest seg-
ments possible that still retain the characteristics of the audience so
that when you reach the audience with your message, they'll help
you achieve your objective. If the audience is too broad, chances are
you won't be able to develop a message that engages and resonates
with the entire target audience.
Be sure to read Step 2 fully before you begin to identify and segment
the audience. The section "Analyzing and understanding the audi-
ence" (page 37) will help prepare you for researching your audience.
Segmenting the audience
Target audiences can be grouped in several different ways depending
on your objectives. Four common groupings follow. (Keep in mind
that segmentation using these groups is only a starting point. You'll
have to define the audience further in Step 2.)
What's in Step 2?
• Segmenting the audience
• Deciding which segment to
target
• What information do I need
about the target audience?
• How do I get information on the
target audience?
• Analyzing and understanding
the audience
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
A Kids Organized to Protect
^J' our Environment (KOPE) in
Utah targeted its outreach
efforts on the trustees of the
Sugarhouse Community Council
to persuade local decision-makers
to pass an open space ordinance.
KOPE wanted to prevent a sec-
tion of a local stream from being
turned into a shopping center
parking lot.
Check out the Getting In
Step video.
Geographic location
Audiences are segmented on the basis of specific geographic areas in
the watershed, such as school districts, county boundaries, residences
along a specific stream corridor, or ZIP Codes.
Demographics
Audiences are segmented on the basis of demographic characteristics,
such as ethnicity, gender, age, income, recreational activities, organi-
zational affiliations, or ownership of specific types of property (e.g.,
forestland, undeveloped waterfront).
Occupation or links to certain activities
Audiences are segmented on the basis of the primary occupations or
activities of the target audience in the watershed, such as owners of
lawn care companies, developers, county commissioners, automobile
service station managers, do-it-yourselfers, managers of large land
tracts (e.g., golf courses, office parks), loggers, or livestock producers.
Attitudes and behavior patterns
Audiences are segmented on the basis of current attitudes and behav-
iors, e.g., residents who don't recycle, homeowners who dispose of
leaves and grass clippings on stream banks, dog walkers who dispose
of pet waste down the storm drain, or farmers who plow and plant
riparian corridors.
The target audience definition can consider more than one of the
above groupings. For example, if you want to generate awareness
among students about the degradation of Lake Townsend, you might
want to target the audience on the basis of demographics and geog-
raphy (e.g., schoolchildren ages 12 to 17 within the Lake Townsend
watershed).
Deciding which segment to target
One of the keys to knowing which segment of the target audience
you need to focus on is understanding the concept of social diffu-
sion. This means that when a new idea or behavior is adopted by
15 to 20 percent of an audience, it has crossed a tipping point and
reached a critical mass to spread on its own. Dr. Everett M. Rogers
developed this theory after more than 30 years of research. In Dif-
fusion of Innovations, Dr. Rogers discusses five categories of people
within an audience that generally adopt new behaviors in sequential
stages and at a fairly predictable rate: (1) innovators, (2) early adopt-
ers, (3) early majority, (4) late majority, and (5) laggards. Identifying
which category members of the audience might fall into will help you
understand how to motivate them. The people in these categories
adopt new behaviors at different rates and require different amounts
and types of encouragement.
• Innovators (2.5% of market) are often seen as venturesome. They
frequently have high education levels, high social status, and up-
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
ward social mobility. They are usu-
ally better able than others to cope
with uncertainty and high risk.
• Early adopters (13.5%) are second
only to innovators in the speed
with which they adopt a new be-
havior. Others often view them as
decisive and influential.
• The early majority (34%) is the
segment of the audience that is
more deliberate than the innova-
tors or early adopters when making
decisions. People in this category
tend to be cautious and seek a lot
of information on an issue before
they make a decision.
• The late majority (34%) is one of
the largest categories. These people
are often set in their ways and
skeptical about trying new things and adopting new behaviors.
• Laggards (16%) are the most resistant to change. They are the
least likely to adopt a new behavior no matter how hard you try to
educate and motivate them.
Social Diffusion
100
75
50
Innovators
2.5%
Early
Adopters
13.5%
Early
Majority
34%
Late
Majority
34%
Laggards
16%
Social diffusion and peer pressure among farmers
'
The Redwood River Clean Water Project in
Minnesota was developed to reduce sediment
and nutrient loadings, expand game fishery
habitat and fishing opportunities, reduce peak
flows and improve flow stability, and increase
awareness of water quality issues throughout
the watershed. In this agricultural watershed,
residents were given educational booklets that
summarized the adoption of watershed BMPs
by farmers from 1994 to 2000. The booklet,
Restoring the Redwood River: Examples of
Involvement by Local Citizens, contained pic-
tures of the farmers participating in the BMP
program. It described the changes those farm-
ers made and even provided driving directions
to their farms. Interested residents could drive
to a particular farm and look at the practices in
place. Most farmers were very willing to have
their photo, address, and story included in the
booklet, which also documented the farmers'
soil or phosphorus reduction in tons per year,
the amount of area that has BMPs in place,
and the acres of land that benefit from these
practices.
As a result of farmers seeing what other farm-
ers are doing, and also being held accountable
by the community for maintaining their BMPs
through the "publicity" they received in the
booklet, many more BMPs were installed and
maintained than would have been otherwise.
In 2000, when the booklet was last updated,
159 landowners in the Redwood River cor-
ridor averaged a soil or phosphorus reduction
of more thanl 58 tons per year. (Source: Doug
McKenzie-Mohr, www.cbsm.com/cases/restoring
+the+redwood+river_ 168)
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
Neighborly outreach
The Sustainable Lifestyle Campaign, a neighbor-
to-neighbor program developed by the nonprofit
Global Action Plan for the Earth (now called
GAP International), encourages families to work
together to adopt environmentally friendly life-
styles. Households in one community in Rock-
land County, New York, formed "Eco-Teams"
that met regularly with a trained volunteer
coach. The households worked to reduce waste,
buy "eco-wise" products and use less water and
energy. At the end of the four-month program,
the EcoTeams invited other neighbors to par-
ticipate. Over a two-year period, 70 EcoTeams
consisting of a total of 350 households formed
in 18 Rockland County communities. On aver-
age, participants reduced their garbage by
34 percent, water use by 28 percent, energy use
by 10 percent and transportation-related fuel
use by 15 percent. The
average cost savings
per household was
$324. The program
received an Environ-
mental Quality Award
from EPA in 2002. The
Sustainably Lifestyle Cam-
paign piques citizens' interest in getting to know
their neighbors better and, more importantly,
finding out how they can become environmental
stewards. The team members support each other
to reduce pollution and engage in other practi-
cal, earth-friendly behaviors. Behavior changes
are documented through baseline and follow-up
questionnaires. Visit www.globalactionplan.com
for more information.
Picking the low-hanging fruit
Many outreach campaigns fail because organizers believe they need
to focus heavily on targeting the late majority and laggards segments
since they encompass the greatest number of people. However, the
late majority and laggards are the hardest people to reach and the
hardest to convince that they should change their behavior. It is
much easier to reach and convince innovators or early adopters.
Once you've reached this more willing audience, they can become
partners to start the diffusion process in their own circles. Because
they are considered leaders and are well respected, their peers will be
more likely to pick up the new behavior. When it comes to changing
behavior, success means "preaching to the choir." Focus your efforts
on those most likely to adopt the new behavior, and then let them
spread the message or behavior in their own spheres of influence.
According to Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point: How
Little Things Con Moke a Big Difference, these types of people are
what drive the 80/20 Principle (also called the Pareto Principle),
which is the concept that in most situations about 80 percent of the
result will be due to the work done by 20 percent of the participants.
Gladwell goes on to describe the people who serve as a bridge be-
tween those innovators/early adopters and the majority. He classifies
these bridge individuals as connectors and mavens. Connectors are
the people who are gifted at making friends and acquaintances and
generally connecting people together through large social networks.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
Connectors have connections with many different types of people
across many different disciplines and backgrounds. Think of the old
Six Degrees of Kevin Bacon game, where you try to link any actor's
name through the movies he or she has been in to Kevin Bacon in
six steps or less. Kevin Bacon is a type of movie connector.
Gladwell describes mavens as "information specialists" or "people
we rely upon to connect us with new information." They accumulate
knowledge with the purpose of sharing it with others. These are the
types of people who can help you spread your outreach messages
more quickly and more effectively. They help the message make the
leap from a small pool of innovators/early adopters to the larger pop-
ulations of the early and late majority. You can identify the innova-
tors, early adopters, connectors, and mavens in your target audience
by talking to community leaders, homeowner association presidents,
extension agents, school principals, and other civic leaders.
Once you've identified the target audience, you'll need to gather
information on them before proceeding to the next step. Conduct-
ing at least a rudimentary analysis of the target audience is a task
that's often ignored, but such an oversight can render the rest of the
outreach plan useless. To develop an effective message that resonates
with the audience, find out what they think about the issues and
what messages might engage and motivate them.
What information do I need about the target
audience?
First, remember that the target audience is your customer. You want
to sell your customer a product (e.g., environmental awareness,
membership in an organization, participation in a stream restoration
project, or some voluntary behavior change). So you need to find out
what will make the customer buy the product. Keep in mind that you
can't assume that the customer's reasons or values will be the same
as yours. Several types of information are needed to characterize and
assess the customer.
Demographics
Collecting demographic information will help define the socioeco-
nomic structure of the target audience, the appropriate education and
age levels for proposed messages, and the types of organizations that
could be engaged to implement outreach activities. For example, re-
tired persons, with more free time, are able to volunteer more often.
Current activities and knowledge of the issue
Determining current activities or practices that affect water qual-
ity and determining baseline knowledge of watershed issues among
members of the target audience will establish where you need to be-
gin to define your issue. For example, does the target audience know
what a watershed is or understand what causes polluted runoff? If
Reaching Amish
farmers
In Lancaster, Pennsylvania, the
Natural Resources Conservation
Service learned that to convince
Amish dairymen to keep the cows
out of the stream to reduce pollu-
tion, traditional outreach meth-
ods using TV, radio, or phone
calls were not options. Instead,
they turned to one-on-one chats
with the farmers themselves.
"The Amish were going to be
our focus since they own most
of the land and are all dairymen.
The problem with working with
the Amish is that they don't have
phones. If you want to see an
Amish man, you've got to jump
in your car and drive out and look
for him."
—Frank Lucas, Pequea-Mill Creek
Project Leader, Natural Resources
Conservation Service
Check out the Getting In
Step video.
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
Basic
information
needed about
the target audience
• What water-quality-related
activities do they engage in and
why?
• What are the demographics of
the audience?
• What is the knowledge base of
the audience regarding water-
shed issues?
• How does the audience receive
information?
• How do members of the audi-
ence communicate among
themselves?
• What stage of change is the
audience in?
• Does the audience think there
is a problem?
• If so, who do they think is
responsible?
• How does the audience per-
ceive your organization?
not, and if such foreknowledge is necessary, you have to define those
terms before you use them in your messages.
Attitudes, beliefs, and perceptions
Exploring what people in the target audience think about an is-
sue or problem and what they value and believe will help you link
watershed issues with the audience's concerns. If they don't believe
a problem exists or don't understand how it affects environmental
resources they value, you'll need to educate them before expecting
them to take action.
Remember: Perception is reality. How is your organization perceived
by the target audience? Consider who would be accepted as an ideal
messenger by your target audience.
Communication channels
Finding out how the target audience gets its information will help
you to develop, format, and distribute your message. What newspa-
pers, magazines, or newsletters do they read? To what organizations
do they belong? Do they receive information in other forms, such as
community radio programs? Do they watch local news or cable TV?
Do they even have TVs? Understanding what communication chan-
nels the target audience uses and trusts will help lend credibility to
your message. It is important to use communication channels that the
target audience tunes into.
Social data
Collecting information on the types of relationships and cultural
beliefs and norms present in your community can help you identify
the barriers to behavior change, better ways of communicating your
message, and the formats that might be most appropriate to deliver
your message. Social data will also give you insight into who talks to
whom, who makes decisions, and who follows others. Understand-
ing community culture and its wide range of distinct and shared
values, attitudes, behaviors, and beliefs can help you understand
what people care about and why, as well as what motivates them to
take action. Knowledge about racial, religious, and cultural heritage
in your community can help you understand why people behave the
way they do, hold certain beliefs, or communicate in certain ways.
By collecting social data, you can gain a better understanding of how
a community's values and beliefs relate to environmental issues. In
addition, social data, such as what social or religious groups have
strong memberships among the target audience, might help you
identify additional ways to distribute your message. These groups are
often well respected within a community, and because they already
have the ear of your audience, it will be easier to communicate
through them.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
Stages of behavior change
Consider how receptive your audience is to behavior change. Many sociologists and marketers call this
the stages of change model. Prochaska, Norcross, and DiClemente describe the stages in Changing
for Good (Avon Books 1994):
• Precontemplation: People with no intention of changing their behavior. They might have thought
about the behavior change at some point in the past, but they never acted on it and do not plan to
act on it in the future.
• Contemplation: These people are thinking about the new behavior but have not taken steps to
adopt it.
• Preparation: These people are planning to take action and might even be taking steps toward
adopting the new behavior even though they have not yet actually adopted it.
• Action: People in this stage are the ones who have actually made a change or recently adopted the
new behavior.
• Maintenance: These people need constant reminders and reinforcement to make their new behav-
ior become habit and stick.
• Termination: This is the stage we strive to reach. In this stage, people are no longer tempted to
return to their old habits and have adopted the new behavior for life.
How do you know what stage your audience is in? You'll need to ask them some questions to find out.
You'll need to ask whether they have already adopted the new behavior, when they adopted the new
behavior (if they already have), or when they plan to adopt the new behavior (if they have not yet done
so). These questions can be asked in focus groups or surveys. The messages and materials you use in
your outreach campaign will vary based on your audience's stage of change. For example, imagine you
are trying to get homeowners along a particular stream bank to stop using pesticides and fertilizers. If
your audience is mostly in the contemplation stage, a message that is focused on encouraging a reduc-
tion in chemical use might be easier for them to consider than a message asking them to quit entirely.
This would help them move along the continuum of change and make progress toward the larger
commitment of completely eliminating pesticides and fertilizers altogether during the action stage. As
long as you keep the audience moving along the continuum, you are making progress toward your
behavior change goal.
How do I get information on the target
audience?
Now that you know what kinds of information you need from the
target audience, how do you get it? You can use several different
tools depending on the makeup of the target audience and your
available resources (time and money). If the audience is large and
unfamiliar, reviewing Census data or data from other literature or
reports can help build an understanding of the audience. If the
audience is small, direct discussions with audience members using
informal interviews or small focus group discussions are extremely
valuable. Any information you collect will make your campaign
Part 2 Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
Tools to gather
audience profile
information
• Databases
• Public agencies
• Trade associations
• Surveys
° Mail
° Phone
° E-mail/Web
° Personal
• Focus groups
• Community discussions
• Observation
• Community cultural assessment
and mapping
stronger, so don't worry if you can't make your survey results statisti-
cally significant. Research past campaigns targeted at the audience
and learn how they collected information. Find out whether any of
the information they collected might help your cause and save you
from reinventing the wheel. A good place to start would be at the
U.S. Census Bureau website (http://factftnder.census.gov). Keep in
mind that using multiple methods of audience research (Census data,
surveys, focus groups, and reviewing available studies and reports]
is the best way to ensure that you know your audience well. This
approach allows the weakness of one type of research method (i.e.,
lack of in-depth information gathered in a large phone survey) to be
compensated for by another type of research (e.g., more in-depth
information collected in focus groups).
If you don't have ready access to the information you need on the
audience, the following tools will help.
Using information already available
Demographic databases, studies, and reports
All sorts of databases, studies, and reports that contain information
on the demographic makeup of potential target audiences are avail-
able. Census data are collected every 10 years and were last collected
in 2010. The data are provided at the national, state, and county levels.
Counties are further subdivided into consecutively smaller geographic
areas called tracts, block groups, and blocks. Census blocks, the small-
est geographic unit defined by the U.S. Census Bureau, are typically
bounded by streets, roads, or streams and can correspond to a city
block. Several blocks make up a block group, and several block groups
make up a tract. Using a smaller geographic unit such as a tract, block
group, or block allows for analysis at the level at which characteristics
of a particular population or area would be distinguishable, whereas at
a larger geographic level the differences would be obscured or diluted
by the greater population. These data are available through the Fact-
finder site from the Census Bureau at http://foctftnder.census.gov
or www.census.gov and from local libraries.
On the factfinder site you can quickly find information such as num-
ber of owner-occupied housing units, racial distribution, how people
commute to work, occupational categories, number of school-age
children, income levels, age, and education level by city, county or
ZIP Code. From the www.census.gov site, you can download detailed
data tables to analyze or import into your own programs. The
U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics also has national survey data on
spending habits that it collects as part of its consumer expenditure
survey (www.bls.gov/cex). If you don't have access to these files or
don't have the resources needed to extract the information, consider
asking a college marketing class for assistance. They could be look-
ing for real-world projects, and they might be willing to conduct a
detailed analysis of the target group at no charge.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
Pros and Cons. Databases can provide consolidated demographic
data and can sort the data by different parameters. However, the data
might not be current, and you might not have the staff or equipment
to manipulate the data. In addition, although the data might provide
information on ethnic populations and distribution, those data will
not help you understand the cultures in the audience. For more infor-
mation on collecting cultural information, see the section "Commu-
nity cultural assessment and characterization" on page 34.
Public agencies
Local public agencies, such as planning departments and property
valuation agencies, can be valuable sources of information on the
makeup of the target audience. Be sure to contact them early in the
data-gathering process. Information collected in this manner should
be held in confidence. Circulating perceptions and other information
provided in private can seriously harm your credibility and effective-
ness.
Pros and Cons. Public agencies might have access to large popula-
tions and have information on the target audiences collected over a
long period. The agencies might not, however, have this information
in a particularly handy format.
Trade associations
Trade associations keep track of marketing research and other infor-
mation on their members. If the target audience is associated with
a trade group, contact the organization to see what's available. For
example, if you want to collect information on auto repair shops that
recycle used motor oil, an automobile parts trade association might
provide you with names, addresses, and association meeting sched-
ules. Your local chamber of commerce can also provide information
on local businesses and the demographic makeup of the community.
Pros and Cons. Trade associations might have information specific to
the target audience and could possibly serve as a distribution mecha-
nism for your message. The data might not be available for outside
use and some information might be biased.
Universities
Many colleges and universities have marketing or sociology depart-
ments that feature faculty and student projects that involve conduct-
ing high-quality market research and campaign/project planning,
execution, and evaluation. The activities supported often include
convening and working with focus groups, conducting market analy-
ses and surveys, branding, packaging, and promotion. Some have in-
dependent research programs focused in this field. Universities, and
even small community colleges, can be an excellent resource to help
you collect affordable, accurate information about your audience and
conduct your outreach campaign.
Religious groups
promote the
environment
In Louisiana environmental leaders
used religious commonalities to help
reach environmental goals. Religious
congregations throughout the coastal
area joined to sponsor a series of
public forums to engage local citizens
in efforts to protect and conserve
Louisiana's coastal wetlands. The
forums were held in local churches
and synagogues, which provided a
respectful atmosphere that fostered
cooperation among the attendees.
In American Samoa there is no sepa-
ration of society and religion. Because
Christianity plays a dominant role in
the lives of the American Samoan
people, staff in the Coastal Manage-
ment Program created a Religious
Consciousness Project to help spread
the word about the islands' environ-
mental problems. They worked with
Sunday school teachers, ministers,
and other representatives of various
denominations to encourage them
to put the environmental message
into their sermons, local televised
religious service, and summer and
Christmas programs. They also asked
churches to hold special meetings for
coastal program managers to present
information on issues such as water
quality, population growth, wetland
preservation, and nonpoint source
pollution.
American Samoa's coastal nonpoint program
under section 6217 of the 1990 Coastal
Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments was
approved by EPA and NOAA in part because
of this project, which uses a localized, cultur-
ally based approach to public education that
helps address nonpoint issues.
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
24
Pros and Cons. Although teaming with a university is probably
more cost-effective than hiring a private market research firm, the
university workforce might be available only during the school year.
Because you are working with students and likely not paying for their
work, you don't have the leverage of refusing payment until quality
work is delivered, that you would have if you had hired a consulting
firm. In addition, each semester might bring different students to the
project, which could be a problem for any long-term research that re-
quires historical knowledge from year to year. Your staff will probably
need to work very closely with the faculty and students involved, so
this may turn into a very "hands on" approach. However, students
engaged in graduate research or other projects supporting watershed
management work are often found to be committed, competent, and
knowledgeable, with strong incentives to successfully complete their
work so it can be included on their resumes.
Collecting new information
Surveys by mail
A mail survey is an excellent way to obtain baseline information
about target audiences. It can also be used to conduct a post-project
evaluation to measure changes in attitudes or behavior in the target
audience. Before conducting a mail survey, make sure you'll be able
to obtain current addresses for the portion of the target audience you
are surveying. Keep in mind what information you want to collect,
how you're going to use the information, and how the data will be
tabulated. This planning can save a lot of anguish when the results
come back. Make the survey relatively short, and explain up-front
how long it will take the respondent to fill it out. State the objective
of the survey clearly, make the format easy to read, and include a
self-addressed stamped envelope to increase the return rate. If you
want your results to be statistically meaningful, consult a marketing
professional or college instructor for suggestions on survey design,
random sampling techniques, follow-up prompting, and other consid-
erations. You might also choose to offer giveaways to survey respon-
dents as incentives to participate.
Pros and Cons. Mail surveys allow participants to think about their
answers before they respond, can reach large numbers of people, and
can gather data from people who might not be accessible in person or
don't have Internet access. The disadvantages of mail surveys include
printing and mailing costs, staff time for tabulating results, and the po-
tential for low response rates. Typical survey response rates range from
40 percent to 20 percent or less. In addition, the people who complete
the survey are likely to be those interested in your topic, which can
introduce bias in your results.
Surveys by phone
Surveys by phone can also provide good baseline (and post-project) in-
formation on the target audience. Again, make sure you have access to
current phone numbers for the portion of the target audience you are
calling and the resources available (phones and volunteers or staff) to
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience Part 2
-------
Don't soil our waters
For years the Maine Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) has worked to educate the pub-
lic about soil erosion and its detrimental effects on water quality. However, phone surveys continued
to show that the public knew very little about the effects of soil erosion on water quality or how to
address them.
Before implementing a statewide educational campaign on the issue, DEP worked with two focus
groups to obtain input on citizens' ideas, thoughts, and behaviors regarding soil erosion and water
pollution. The focus groups helped DEP decide which communication materials—newspaper ads, radio
ads, and direct mailings—to use in a pilot advertising campaign.
Follow-up telephone surveys conducted after a test ad campaign revealed
that the newspaper and radio ads were most effective. The direct mailings
were not as effective because the cost per response received was greater
than that of the other formats. Of those who remembered seeing or hear-
ing the newspaper and radio ads, nearly 70 percent could describe at least
one action that they could take to reduce soil erosion. For more informa-
tion, visit www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/doceducation/dirt.htm.
carry out the survey. The success of phone surveys tends to vary geo-
graphically: Rural audiences are sometimes more willing than urban
audiences to take the time to answer questions. Standardize the greet-
ing used by all of your volunteers, and practice proper phone skills. If
a person called does not want to participate, thank the person anyway
and move on to the next one. Hold practice sessions to be sure that all
survey administrators ask the questions the same way. Schedule calls
at mixed times—some during weekends, some during the day, but
most in the early evening.
The number of people who have traded their landline telephone for a
cell phone has increased dramatically in recent years. In fact, accord-
ing to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics' Consumer Expenditure Sur-
vey, beginning in 2007 cell phone expenditures surpassed spending on
residential landline phone services. In the period from 2001 to 2007,
cell phone expenditures increased by 190 percent, whereas expendi-
tures for landlines decreased by 30 percent. As the trend continues,
many people are concerned that phone surveys leave out a whole de-
mographic of cell-phone-only users because typical phone surveys call
only households with landlines. However, a national study conducted
by the Pew Research Center, in conjunction with the Associated Press
and AOL, assessed the challenge posed by cell phones to random-
digit-dial surveys. The 2006 study found that the absence of cell-only
Americans (which, in 2006, was an estimated seven to nine percent of
the public) from typical landline surveys has only a minimal impact
on the results. When researchers included cell-only respondents with
those interviewed from a standard landline sample (weighting the
Part 2 Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
26
combined sample as appropriate), the overall results changed by no
more than one percentage point on any of nine key questions included
in the research study. Keep in mind that as cell phone usage grows
over the next 10 years or so, these numbers are likely to shift commen-
surately. The study also found that cell-phone-only users tend to be
younger, less affluent, less likely to be married or to own their home,
and more liberal on political questions.
For any people who refuse to participate in your phone survey, con-
sider using a refusal survey to gain at least part of the survey answers.
A refusal survey is a set of two to four key questions that are included
in the full survey. Because there are so few questions to answer, those
who are not willing to engage in a lengthy survey might be willing to
take less than a minute to answer a few questions. When a respon-
dent refuses to participate in the survey, the surveyor says, "Okay. I
understand that you don't want to participate in our survey. May I just
ask you three quick questions instead of the entire set?" This way you
can still collect useful information from people on the most important
issues covered in your survey.
Pros and Cons. Phone surveys allow data gathering from people
who might not be accessible in person, elicit immediate responses,
and can accommodate many participants. In addition, the anonym-
ity might allow people to be more honest. The disadvantages include
the need to access correct phone numbers for participants, the lack
of time for participants to think about their responses, the level of
resources involved, and exclusion of those who will not respond to
unsolicited calls or do not have telephones.
Intercept surveys
One low-cost way of surveying your target audience is through the use
of intercept surveys. Intercept surveys are conducted by "intercept-
ing" people as they walk around a shopping mall, walk in the park,
commute, or work in their front yard and asking them to take part in a
survey. Intercept surveys are most effective when respondents can see
visuals related to what you are asking them about, thereby giving you
credibility; when the questions are asked in the same order and same
way for all respondents; when they are conducted in a high-traffic
area frequented by many members of your watershed community; and
when the statistical validity of the survey data is not critical to your
effort (i.e., when you are only interested in a quick overview of how
people feel on the topic).
Make sure that interviewers know to survey each person separately
and away from others so as not to introduce bias. In addition, they
should not reveal the survey sponsor until after the survey is com-
plete, and they must not discuss the responses with the respondent.
They must merely read the survey questions verbatim and record the
responses. Interviewers should note some basic demographics for
each respondent (e.g., gender, age range, cultural identity). After sur-
veying 150 residents using an intercept survey at three large shopping
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience Part 2
-------
.
malls, the Clark County Regional Flood Control District in Las Vegas,
Nevada, found that approximately 50 percent of the respondents
were not aware that floodwater and urban runoff flowed through the
storm drain network untreated to Lake Mead.
Pros and Cons. The pros of intercept surveys are that they can be
conducted very quickly (in a day or two) by many different inter-
viewers at different locations and at a low cost. Analyzing the results
is fairly easy because of the small number of questions. The biggest
downfall with intercept surveys is that results might not be as repre-
sentative as results gained from traditional large-format surveys due
to their relatively small sample size.
Surveys by e-mail/Web
Done correctly, an e-mail or Web survey offers an anonymous way
for your target audience to communicate with you and tell you how
they really feel about your organization and your programs. E-mail
surveys can be sent through your organization's e-mail system so
respondents can access the survey and respond using their e-mail
programs. If you place surveys on your website, respondents visiting
the site can respond to the survey through online forms.
To send an e-mail survey, you'll need a bank of e-mail addresses
for members of your target audience. If you have an organizational
e-mail list, you could use it, but this might bias the survey results
because those participants are most likely already aware of and ac-
tive in your cause. When you do send your survey, the e-mail can be
either a plain text message (text-based survey) or an e-mail attach-
ment (form-based survey created through Microsoft Word or Corel
WordPerfect, for example). After recipients fill out the survey, they
can send it back simply by replying to your message.
A Web survey will gather responses from citizens that have access to
the Internet. Upload the survey on your organization's website and
put plenty of advertising for it on the homepage. People visiting your
site will have the opportunity to anonymously fill out the survey at
their own pace.
If you can't code your own Web survey, you can use a service such
as Survey Monkey (wivw.surveymonkey.com}. Survey Monkey is
an easy-to-use tool for creating online surveys. It has a simple Web
interface, which makes it easy for nontechnical people to create
surveys and export survey data. It offers a free limited account
that stores 100 responses to up to 10 questions. The "Professional"
subscription ($19.95 per month as of December 2009) allows 1,000
responses to an unlimited number of questions. The service allows
you to get responses via a Web link or e-mail.
Pros and Cons. E-mail surveys take a short amount of time, are self-
paced, and provide the sender with fast results. Computer issues can
cause problems, however, if a server goes down or the user has
For more information on conduct-
ing surveys, see the boxes on
pages 28 and 29.
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
How to conduct a survey
Select the sample
Your survey participants should be members of the target audience. Ideally you should choose the number of
people you need to survey to yield statistically significant results. You might be constrained, however, by time,
staffing, or funding. In 1999 the Center for Watershed Protection (CWP) conducted a survey of Chesapeake
Bay residents' behaviors and attitudes regarding three practices that contribute to nutrient pollution—lawn fer-
tilization, septic system maintenance, and picking up after pets. Telephone interviews were conducted among
a random sample of 733 residents in Maryland, Pennsylvania, and Virginia. For your survey, a small, represen-
tative sample could reflect the larger group, but the larger the sample, the more precise your survey results will
be. Keep in mind, however, that the rate of improvement in precision decreases as your sample size increases.
For example, increasing a sample from 250 to 1,000 only doubles the precision; it does not quadruple it.
Design the questionnaire
Keep your survey short and simple. Long questionnaires get less response than short questionnaires as a gen-
eral rule, so try to stay well under 5 pages or 20 minutes by telephone. The CWP's survey contained 35 ques-
tions and was limited to 5 to 7 minutes to increase the likelihood of participation. (The final report and survey
instrument are available online at www.epa.gov/nps/toolbox/surveys/UNEP_all.pdf.) Also consider how you
will handle and analyze the responses. Will you use a computer program while conducting the survey, or will
you enter the data later? Making these decisions early on will make tabulating the results quicker and easier.
Subjects are also more likely to respond to a survey based on question content, particularly if they are involved
and interested in the issue. Include an introduction or welcome message at the top to give your respondents
as much information as possible. Questions can be multiple choice, ratings or agreement scales (such as the
Likert Scale, which measures attitudes), or open-ended fill-in-the-blanks. For written surveys, the visual for-
mat also makes a difference. Maintain a logical left-to-right flow for minimal distraction. And try to keep
your answer spaces in a straight line, horizontally or vertically. Be sure to leave a space at the end for "Other
Comments."
Test the survey
You've identified the issues, selected your sample, and designed the questionnaire. Now you need to test the
survey. Test the survey on a few (10 to 15) sample members of the target audience. Take note of questions
that respondents are confused about, take too long to answer, or answer in a way that does not really reflect
what you were trying to ask. Go back and revise the questionnaire based on what you learned. Then test it out
again to make sure it functions the way you want it to.
Conduct the survey
Now it's time to conduct the survey. Surveys are traditionally administered by phone, by mail, or in person. In
recent years online surveys through e-mail or on the Internet have become popular. These formats are dis-
cussed in detail starting on page 24.
Analyze the data
Once all the results are in, the data must be analyzed. For those on a low budget, it may be as simple as tally-
ing the results on paper. For those with a bit more funding, several commercial software packages are avail-
able to design and conduct your surveys and provide statistical analysis. Many are available on the Web.
Additional resources
Vovici, survey software design, www.vovid.com
StatPac, designing surveys and questionnaires, www.statpac.com/surveys
Survey System, survey design, www.surveysystem.com/sdesign.htm
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience Part 2
-------
Tips for reducing bias
It is virtually impossible to conduct a perfectly unbiased survey. But by taking a few precautions,
your survey can be closer to being 100 percent accurate and objective. The main sources of bias in
a questionnaire follow.
Nonrepresentative sample
Ensuring a representative sample is the first step toward preventing survey bias. For example, daytime-only
phone surveys disproportionately reach stay-at-home parents or non-working people, so results won't repre-
sent your target audience as a whole. Web surveys are limited to those with Internet access and are not neces-
sarily representative of the range of residents in your target audience.
Non-return bias
If a large number of people fail to respond to your surveys, bias toward those that did respond is introduced.
Be sure to use up-to-date addresses and phone numbers. If your survey is short, concise, and attractive and
you promise to make the results of the survey available to each participant, you're more likely to get responses.
Leading questions
Don't ask leading questions that indicate the preferred answer. When you state what you think, the person
might feel that you're introducing bias into any subsequent answers. People are reluctant to disagree with
the interviewer's "authority." This is an example of a leading question: "You know that using a lot of fertil-
izer on your lawn is bad, right?" The participant might not have known that the overuse of fertilizer is not
recommended, and this information could cause him or her to answer the rest of your questions based on the
assumption that he or she knows the consequences of fertilizer overuse.
Question misinterpretation
When talking to respondents, speak in their language. This draws them out and helps you understand how
they truly feel. Avoid questions that can be answered with a simple yes or no. You can elicit more informa-
tion from respondents using open-ended questions, which encourage them to talk and provide salient details.
However, phrase questions so that the respondent understands them easily. Long, complicated questions will
quickly lose the participants' interest, and they might skip the survey entirely. Keep in mind that answers to
open-ended questions take more time to evaluate once the survey is complete, which can increase your costs.
The City of San Diego conducts telephone surveys every year to gauge the community's awareness of storm-
water pollution prevention. After asking to speak to the youngest person over the age of 18, the ques-
tions turn to the sources of polluted runoff and how the citizen might or might not be contributing to the
problem. The questions are concise and easily understood, allowing the respondent plenty of options and
opportunity for additional comments. Once the data are collected, an outside market research firm pro-
vides a final report with findings and recommendations (available at http://www.sandiego.gov/stormwater/
pdf/2010ressurveyfinalreport.pdf). The City is able to change the direction of its outreach program, if needed,
based on the survey results.
problems downloading attachments. Web surveys assume that
members of your target audience visit your website regularly. Keep in
mind, however, that most visitors to your site might also be aware of
the issues and your efforts. In addition, visitors to your site might not
be in your target audience and could skew the survey results.
Part 2 Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
Farmers' views on TMDL development and implementation
In response to a presentation at a local Farm Bureau to introduce water quality issues and TMDLs, the
Yolo County, California, Resource Conservation District convened a focus group composed of area
farmers. Their concerns, listed below, provide valuable context for outreach and education projects
targeting agricultural activities and practices:
• We don't have time to come to meetings.
• We don't want a bunch of outsiders that know nothing about farming to tell us how to farm.
• We want to be the only decision-makers on these projects.
• There are issues of private property rights.
• How are we going to afford to make the changes in practices?
• We don't want to do something now and then have an agency come to us in a few years and tell us
what we did was wrong and then have to change it.
• We don't feel there is enough scientific data in place to tell us what we should be doing.
—Katy Pye, Yolo Resource Conservation District, California
Personal surveys
Surveys conducted in person (interviews) allow the interviewer to ask
questions or administer the survey in a variety of ways (e.g., on the
street, by appointment, in people's homes). However, they can also
be time-consuming and labor-intensive. Potential interviewees must
first be contacted to see if they're interested in participating. Then
the survey must be conducted around the interviewee's schedule
and availability. Interviews should be conducted at locations that are
convenient and familiar to the participant, such as a local library or
park or in the participant's home. If the participant is in a comfort-
able, familiar environment, you're more likely to get honest, in-depth
answers. Interviews are effective for establishing rapport between the
interviewer and the participant, which is especially important if the
subject matter is sensitive.
Pros and Cons. Personal interviews allow the interviewer to record
the participant's body language and tone during the interview, help-
ing to gain a better understanding of the answers. However, personal
interviews remove the anonymity that might have resulted in more
honest answers in a phone or mail survey. In addition, having to ar-
range the interview around the participant's schedule and availability
could draw out your collection effort. Finally, the skills of the inter-
viewer can make or break the interview.
Focus groups
Focus groups provide an opportunity to meet with a small representa-
tive group from the target audience at once and allow them the chance
to expand on comments and ideas. The focus group participants may
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience Part 2
-------
be selected through surveys, recommended by
a member of the target audience, or selected
at random. Focus groups can also be formed
based on demographics such as age group,
place of residence, or occupation. Try not
to accept volunteers because they are likely
to already have an interest in the message.
If possible, pay the focus group participants
a small amount ($10 to $50) as an incentive to
participate and to thank them. If you don't have the funds
to pay them, at least provide food or other incentives.
Typically, up to 12 members of the target audience are asked to
participate for 1 or 2 hours. Be sure to schedule the focus group at
a time and place convenient for the participants. For example, most
people have jobs during the day and are available to meet only after
5:00 p.m. during weekdays.
If you are planning focus groups to learn about specific behaviors,
ideally you should conduct at least two focus groups. One group
should consist of those who are currently engaging in the behavior
that you wish to get others to adopt. The other group should be made
up of those who currently do not engage in the behavior you are pro-
moting. In this way you can better determine the differences between
those who have adopted the new behavior and those who have not
adopted it. If you do not know who is active or inactive with respect
to a particular behavior, try to separate your focus group participants
by those who are planning to or are willing to adopt the behavior and
those who are not planning to or not willing to adopt the behavior.
The focus group should be facilitated by a trained moderator to avoid
introducing bias into the results. A series of questions are asked to
the group, and the answers are recorded on video or audio recorder.
Be sure to ask open-ended questions that result in detailed answers
to collect as much information about the audience as possible.
Remember that this is an opportunity to collect information, not to
explain the issues to the group. Focus groups also enable you to start
building a network of people you might be able to tap into later to
help deliver your message.
The value of building rapport in focus groups cannot be overstated.
Telling the participants about the reason for the focus group, how the
room is set up, and why there are microphones or observers makes the
participants feel smart and valuable. Giving them ground rules such as
"speak one at a time" and "avoid side conversations" or "respect the
opinions of others" means that the moderator saves time by not having
to play traffic cop later. Giving participants a reason for the discussion,
e.g., "We're going to talk about connections between human activities
and environmental problems," gives them an idea of what to expect,
helps them access memory, and keeps the answers flowing freely.
Focus group checklist
1. Identify target audience.
(4 months prior to selected
focus group date)
2. Define goal of focus group.
(2 months prior)
3. Determine payment amount
and method. (2 months prior)
4. Compile mailing list for
invitees. (6 weeks prior)
5. Identify moderator.
(5 weeks prior)
6. Develop questions.
(4 weeks prior)
7. Arrange and reserve session
site. (4 weeks prior)
8. Write and send invitations.
(4 weeks prior)
9. Follow up invitations with
phone calls. (2 weeks prior)
10. Determine room arrange-
ments (seating, audio/visual
aids such as flip charts).
(2 weeks prior)
11. Place reminder call to partici-
pants. (2 days prior)
12. Make arrangements for food
or beverages. (2 days prior)
13. Conduct the focus group.
14. Distribute payments. (At the
conclusion of the focus group)
15. Send thank-you letter to
participants. (2 days after)
16. Review tapes or notes from
focus group and summarize.
(2 days after)
17. Analyze focus group summary
and write report. (1 week after)
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
Ask participants to introduce themselves using name, age, occupation,
and where they live, and ask each participant a question related to
the purpose of the focus group to allow them to feel more comfortable
speaking in front of strangers and to see where they fit in the group.
This process also allows the focus group moderator to create rapport
with each participant through eye contact that demonstrates the mod-
erator's willingness to listen and openness to diverse opinions.
To help reduce group bias during the focus group, ask participants
to write down their responses to the questions that are asked before
they answer out loud. This will reduce the chance of one person's
answer influencing another person who answers later.
You will want to record your focus group on audio or video to pick
up on tone of voice or body language. Sometimes these auditory
and visual clues can help you better interpret how the focus group
participants feel about certain issues. Communication experts tell us
that body language and tone make up 60 percent of live interpersonal
communication. And if you plan to record the session, be sure to let
the participants know well in advance. If someone doesn't want to be
"on the record," find another participant.
Choose a setting that is appropriate and makes the participants feel
comfortable. What message does the setting send? Is it corporate,
cozy, informal, or sterile? Does the setting encourage conversation?
[For example, are the chairs arranged in a circle or are they facing
one direction?) Do what you can to the room layout to foster commu-
nication, such as rearranging the chairs to face each other.
Pros and Cons. Focus groups can provide insights about the target
audience's composition, perceptions, and beliefs; provide interaction
among participants; and build support for further actions or outreach
communication. They can give community members a sense of inclu-
sion in the community process by providing them with a forum to
express their opinions. The disadvantages are that focus groups can
accommodate only up to a dozen participants before becoming un-
wieldly, the time demand on participants is considerable, and their suc-
cess depends largely on the skills of the moderators. The small sample
size of focus groups might mean that it is hard to get results that can
be extrapolated to the whole population. There is a risk of mismanage-
ment or bias being imparted on the focus group participants from the
moderator if he or she is not appropriately competent and trained. In
addition, focus groups might not be suitable for certain cultures where
peer pressure or deference to others might inhibit discussion.
Focus groups can also be conducted online through the use of vid-
eoconferencing or live chats. This type of approach can help reduce
the potential for bias, and costs are often lower. It can also help in
reaching audience members who otherwise would not be able to
participate.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
Community/neighborhood discussions
Community discussions are somewhat similar to focus groups, but
they involve more people, are more open-ended, and can be less
focused. Speaking directly with the target audience is a great way to
get information straight from the source. A community discussion
might involve citizens that have volunteered for the discussion or are
in attendance because of a prior commitment. For example, many
homeowners' associations and local communities hold public meet-
ings quarterly and are willing to spare some time to discuss impor-
tant community issues. If your group has the funds and resources,
you might choose to rent space in a nearby hotel or community cen-
ter and advertise a meeting devoted to your organization's agenda.
Schedule discussions on weekday evenings or weekends to attract
working and nonworking residents. Develop an agenda, stick to it,
and have someone serve as a timekeeper to keep things on track. Al-
low a short amount of time after the meeting for individual questions
and concerns. You may also want to bring surveys and question-
naires with you for residents to fill out and drop off or send back.
Pros and Cons. A community or neighborhood discussion will help
your organization gather information directly from affected residents.
You won't have to wait for results because you'll get immediate re-
sponses from attendees. On the other hand, these types of meetings
typically attract people already interested in the subject. You might not
reach any citizens who don't know about your issue. Piggybacking on
existing meetings will help you avoid this bias because the meeting at-
tendees will have come to talk about other things. Be aware that some
meetings are more appropriate for piggybacking than others.
Observation
Observing how the target audience behaves can help you gain insight
on people in your target segment and ways that you might encourage
behavior change. This method helps you get a picture of what people
actually do, as opposed to what they say they do. When asked,
most people say that they care about water quality and believe that
protecting it is important. When observed, however, those same
people might be found dumping motor oil down storm drains or not
picking up after their pets. Observations can be made during or after
the behavior is completed. During the behavior, the observer makes
notes about what triggered the behavior, how much effort the person
exerted for the behavior, and what behaviors (e.g., facial expression,
body language) accompanied the target behavior.
Pros and Cons. Observing what people do instead of listening to
what they say they do is a good way to get a clear picture of how
people behave. However, observing how they behave in certain
situations can be viewed as an invasion of privacy. Be sure that all
observations are carried out in public locations. If the people you're
watching notice you, explain what you're doing and why. Often you
might have to observe people for hours before you see them engage
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
For more detailed informa-
tion on community cultural
assessment, obtain a copy of
EPA's Community Culture and the
Environment: A Guide to Under-
standing a Sense of Place (EPA
842-B-01-003) from the National
Service Center for Environmental
Publications at 1-800-490-9198
or e-mail nscep@bps-lmit.com. A
PDF version is available at www.
epa.gov/care/library'/community_
culture.pdf.
in the target behavior, if at all; thus the time commitment for this
method is harder to gauge.
Community cultural assessment and characterization
Understanding the social and cultural aspects of a community can be
very important when there's no baseline information on the target
audience. For example, if you've just moved from San Francisco to
accept a job as a watershed coordinator in a small town in West Vir-
ginia, you might not fully understand what makes the citizens in your
new hometown tick. The things that San Franciscans care about and
what motivates them to act might be quite different from what you'll
find in West Virginia.
Cultural assessment and community characterization are also useful
if previous efforts at reaching and motivating the audience have fallen
short. A cultural assessment doesn't just describe the community's
makeup. It goes a step further by analyzing the cultural and ethnic
preferences, beliefs, and attitudes present in the community. You can
carry out cultural assessments by collecting and analyzing cultural
information on your community obtained through state and local
social service agencies; education agencies; the U.S. Census Bureau,
U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, and U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development; and annual reports prepared by cities, counties,
and states. Cultural demographic information can also be researched
through all the methods already discussed in this section (e.g., focus
groups, community meetings). Characterizing the community will
help you answer key questions about its values, attitudes, and beliefs
and how they relate to your organization's goals and objectives.
Once you know and understand the types of cultures present in your
community, you'll be better able to craft messages that resonate with
members of each culture, select appropriate formats, and determine
the best distribution methods.
Pros and Cons. Although understanding the cultures present in the
target audience is important to developing and distributing your mes-
sage, cultural misunderstandings could result during the collection
and analysis of such information. For instance, the audience members
might feel they are being selected or "picked on" because of their cul-
tural or ethnic preferences and beliefs. Information collected during a
cultural assessment should be kept highly confidential and used with
care and within its proper context.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
Social maps
Many of the methods listed previously
can help you characterize the commu-
nity and analyze community processes.
An additional method of collecting this
information is called social mapping.
Social maps are drawings used to collect,
organize, and analyze social data about
a community obtained from actual com-
munity members or collected through
surveys, focus groups, and community
meetings. They illustrate issues or prob-
lems, causes and effects, and relation-
ships of organizations and individuals.
Social maps can be used to present
information on the physical layout of a
community or watershed, perceptions,
demographics, communication patterns,
and more. Maps can be drawn during
focus groups, community meetings,
or other gatherings of target audience
members. There are four types of social
maps—asset, cognitive, concept, and
social network.
Asset maps
An asset map can be used to describe
the assets that individuals, groups and
organizations, or institutions can offer to
solve water quality problems. It can help
you gain access to other resources and
services you might not have been aware
of to help distribute your message, obtain
funding, or collect data.
Asset Map
PARK
Source: Community Culture and the Environment: A Guide to Understanding a Sense of Place,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2003.
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
36
V'
Cognitive Map
Source: Community Culture and the Environment: A Guide to Understanding a Sense of Place,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2003.
Cognitive maps
Cognitive maps help individuals and
groups visualize how they perceive
their community and surroundings
through self-made drawings. From
the maps you can learn what differ-
ent people see as the community's
center, which elements of their com-
munity are most important to them
(e.g., parks, churches, schools), and
their perception of the community's
environmental characteristics. You
might also learn where members of
the target audience spend their time,
which will help in distributing your
message.
Concept maps
A concept map identifies the rela-
tionships between the causes and
effects of environmental problems,
such as the link between land use
decisions and nonpoint source
pollution. Your organization might
ask community members to draw a
concept map depicting their thoughts
on how nonpoint source pollution occurs in their community. Once
the map is finished, you can see what stereotypes might be present
in your community, what perceptions create barriers to change, and
where you might need to focus your campaign's attention.
Social network maps
A social network map will help you learn how information is dissemi-
nated throughout the target audience. It describes patterns of commu-
nication, relationships, and information flow. Participants depict their
own personal social networks and then compare them with those of
the rest of the group. You can tailor your distribution methods to fit
with how members of the target audience currently communicate.
Pros and Cons. The largest obstacle to conducting mapping exercises
is the need for group participation. Mapping is not very effective
unless several members of the target audience help create the maps.
Asset mapping is particularly useful for large groups of people, where
visual and easy-to-understand graphics enhance communication and
the expression of community values. Cognitive mapping allows you to
see the community through the eyes of members of the target audi-
ence. A concept map is a great way to show the relationship between
both the perceived and real-life causes of problems and the associated
effects on the environment. Social network mapping might be useful
in large communities where information flow among members of a
diverse target audience might be poorly understood by project leaders.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
Online chatter research
There are several new technologies available that allow you to get a
real-time "read" on what people are currently writing online about
your watershed issue or your organization. For example, you can set
up a Google Alert to be notified by e-mail whenever new content
is added online in blogs, websites, newsfeeds, or social networking
sites about the topic you are interested in. You can also search the
social networking site Twitter to see if subscribers are tweeting about
your issue or organization. You can search by keyword or by using
hash tags (words prefixed with #) to find posts grouped by topic.
Pros and Cons. Monitoring online chatter can help keep you in-
formed of developing news stories and keep track of public percep-
tion of issues. Because new technologies continue to pop up and
others fall by the wayside, keeping up with what tools to use and
how to use them can be challenging.
Analyzing and understanding the audience
Now that you've identified the target audience and collected some
information about them, you need to analyze and understand them.
What drives them to engage in the behaviors you'd like to change?
What are the barriers to modifying their management practices or
behaviors? Learning the answers to these questions will help you
understand how your audience thinks and how you can tailor your
message to motivate changes in behavior.
Barriers to action: Why do they do what they do?
There are many reasons why people do not choose sustainable be-
haviors. They might simply be unaware of the impact their behavior
has on water quality. They might believe that doing the right thing
is too expensive, takes too much time, is inconvenient, or is socially
unacceptable. And unfortunately, when it comes to the environment,
most people simply do not believe that a change in the personal rou-
tines and habitats of just one person will make a difference. These
reasons are called barriers. Barriers prevent people from taking posi-
tive steps toward improving the environment. They can be physical
(such as the lack of facilities to collect household hazardous waste),
economic (high cost), psychological (a perception that lush lawns
are prized), or knowledge-based (lack of understanding of how to
conduct a soil test). These obstacles must be minimized or removed
so that the benefit outweighs the cost or effort of the action.
To address these barriers, you need to think about why people have
not adopted the environmentally friendly behavior. For example,
many people do not pick up after their pets. One common attitude
is that pet waste is a part of nature and that it biodegrades quickly.
Some even view it as fertilizer. They don't realize that dog droppings
are one of the leading causes of pathogen contamination in streams;
each gram of dog poop has more than 20 million E. coli bacteria
colonies in it (not to mention the nitrogen and phosphorus). Others
believe it is just too unpleasant to scoop. Researching your audience
Understanding
barriers
Audience research conducted
by Toronto's Public Health Office
uncovered many barriers to wide-
spread implementation of inte-
grated pest management (IPM)
practices by landlords, building
managers, and residents, including
the following:
• Limited knowledge of IPM
• Lack of trust in IPM's
effectiveness
• A misconception that IPM costs
more than traditional spray
methods
• An expectation of immediate
elimination of pests
• The stigma associated with
cockroaches, making informa-
tion-sharing difficult
• Poor understanding of fac-
tors that contribute to pest
infestations
• Lack of awareness about health
risks associated with pesticide
sprays.
Armed with this information,
health officials developed a com-
prehensive education campaign
that ultimately led to a reduction
in the amount of pesticides used
by the target audience.
For other case studies like this one,
visit www.toolsofchange.com, a
Canadian community-based social
marketing website that includes
88 case studies on community
programs across North America.
EPA does not endorse this website or its
case studies.
Part 2
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
Survey says:
Neighbors'
opinions matter
when it comes to
lawn care
In 1999 the Survey Research
Center of the University of
Georgia conducted a tele-
phone survey of homeown-
ers on behalf of the Pollution
Prevention Assistance Division
of the Department of Natu-
ral Resources. The purpose
was to assess the attitudes
of Georgians toward a vari-
ety of topics related to lawn
and landscape maintenance
that affect environmental
pollution.
The surveyors found that
more than half of those polled
considered it moderately
to very important to have a
yard appearing as attractive
as their neighbors' yards. In
addition, they learned that the
principal source of gardening
information used by Georgia
homeowners is friends and
neighbors (64 percent), fol-
lowed by TV (60 percent).
to understand the barriers to getting people to pick up pet waste in their
yards, on the beach, or wherever they walk their pets will help you craft
your message to change their perceptions. Your message might feature a
photo of someone walking their dog on a beach where children are playing
in the sand. Overcoming the perceived barriers to scooping the poop will
result in more people changing their behavior. Keep in mind that barriers
[and benefits) are unique to each audience and each behavior change. Bar-
riers can change over time as people become more aware or as the politi-
cal, economic, or technological climate changes. Appendix B provides a
worksheet that will help you identify the barriers to adopting the behavior
you're promoting and tips on how to overcome or reduce those barriers.
Periodically revisit the barriers you have identified to make sure they have
not changed since you first identified them.
Understanding beliefs
In psychology, the theory of planned behavior is a theory about the link
between attitudes and behavior. Psychologists believe that behavior is guided
by three types of beliefs:
• Behavioral beliefs: A person's beliefs about the consequences of a be-
havior.
• Normative beliefs: A person's perception about the behavior, which is
influenced by the judgment of others (e.g., parents, spouse, friends,
teachers).
• Control beliefs: A person's beliefs about the presence of factors that
might affect whether the person can engage in the behavior. In other
words, how much control people believe they have over an issue affects
their attitude and behavior related to that issue.
As a general rule, the more favorable the attitude toward a behavior and
the stronger the social norm for that behavior and the more control the
person has in how the behavior is carried out, the greater the likelihood
that the person will make the behavior change. Campaigns targeted at
addressing attitudes, social norms, and the audience's control over the
behavior all at the same time tend to achieve greater success than less-
multifaceted campaigns.
For example, if a locality wants to develop a campaign to help curb the use
of yard chemicals, it might consider developing a water-friendly yard pro-
gram with yard signs that read "My Environmentally Friendly Yard Saved
Me $50 in Lawn Chemical Costs This Year!" The sign could also include a
logo that shows that the yard design was approved by the local homeowner
association (HOA). Adding a URL that takes homeowners to a website that
shows them how easy it is to design their own custom water-friendly land-
scape for their unique needs and how to obtain a yard sign makes it even
easier to motivate change. Such signs would address behavior beliefs that
doing this would save them money and give their house curb appeal. The
signs would also help address normative beliefs because they quickly show
that others in the community, especially the local HOA, like and approve
of the landscaping. The fact that the local HOA approves the landscaping
also addresses the control belief because often homeowners are reluctant
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
to make large-scale home or landscaping changes for fear of disapproval by
the HOA. Finally, a "how-to" website with personally tailored designs helps
to alleviate homeowners' fears of not knowing how to do water-friendly
landscaping and not having control over how it looks.
Social norms: Everyone's doing it!
Social norms are the standards of attitude and behavior perceived as nor-
mal, acceptable, and expected among the members of a community. For
example, because most people buy red, white, black, or green cars, it is
socially unacceptable to buy a hot pink car, even if hot pink is your favorite
color. Car manufacturers don't even make cars in hot pink because they
know people won't buy them. Social norms affect environmental issues in
much the same way. If everyone else on your street maintains a bright green
lawn by putting down lots of fertilizer four times a year, you're likely to
follow suit whether your lawn needs fertilizer or not, feeling that you'll be
judged by your neighbors if your lawn is not as green and lush as theirs.
So how can social norms be overcome? Outreach campaigns should be
structured so that they give people new norms. They should inform people
of the new acceptable behaviors. The agricultural community does this
through farm demonstration projects. Farmers are more likely to adopt a
new practice if they've seen that a neighbor is doing it and is benefitting
from it. In addition, many manufacturers have become partners in a grow-
ing effort to reward sustainable behaviors through eco-labeling. Buying
products labeled as ozone-friendly or recyclable makes people feel good
about themselves and shows other buyers that they are environmentally
savvy. Bumper stickers, T-shirts, and other rewards for environmental be-
havior are often great ways to establish new environmental social norms in
your community. The goal is to make it unacceptable to continue a behav-
ior that has negative effects on water quality.
Critical mass
As mentioned previously, sociologists have found that when a new idea
or behavior is adopted by roughly 15 to 20 percent of the audience, it will
then have the critical mass it needs to permeate the rest of the audience, by
word of mouth and observation. This social diffusion can be achieved by
identifying the innovators and early adopters in the community, who are
the most likely to try something different. Use them to set the new trend.
The roles people play
People engage in different behaviors based on the role they're playing at
the time. Whether they're acting as parents, environmentalists, business
owners, or developers makes a difference in which sustainable behaviors
they'll adopt. When developing your outreach campaign, you might want
to create different messages to address the different roles people have or
use different formats and distribution mechanisms to reach them in those
roles. If you're having trouble getting business owners to adopt recycling
practices, for example, approach them as homeowners first. They might be
more likely to overcome their perceived barriers to recycling at home than
they are at work.
Part 2 Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
" T.Drrr"" " Building Blocks:
TARGET
AUDIENCE ± Step 2: Target Audience
WVWGMMBLGOMsJ
"NDORJECFIVES One °ftne objectives of the hypothetical Herndon County's watershed manage-
ment plan is to reduce nutrient runoff coming from residential areas. The county's
watershed planning committee agreed that focusing their efforts on reducing nutrient runoff will greatly
improve water quality in the county. The county identified two audiences that need to be reached to reduce
residential nutrient runoff: (1) homeowners and (2) homeowner associations and apartment/condominium
landscape managers. Two focus groups were held for each group in different parts of the county. In the
focus groups, the county learned the following:
• Local garden and lawn supply stores recommend fertilizing twice a year.
• Most homeowners get advice on lawn care from neighbors, friends, and family.
• Busy schedules prevent many homeowners from taking an active role in environmental efforts.
• Many residents have attended gardening workshops at the local community college.
• Apartment/condominium landscape managers fertilize three times a year.
• Apartment/condominium landscape managers are driven by the need to attract new residents with
lush green lawns.
• Both homeowners and apartment/condominium landscape managers are interested in protecting
water quality.
In addition, to measure awareness levels and to understand
current lawn care practices, county staff conducted a random-
digit-dialing survey of county residents. They learned that
only 25 percent of county residents were aware that
lawn fertilizer is a significant contributor to local water
quality degradation.
Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audience
Part 2
-------
PROCESS CHECKLIST
Step 2: Identify and analyze the target
audience
Have I defined the audience in a way that separates it from the
general public?
How many target audiences or segments have I identified?
Have I identified the opinion leaders, innovators, early adopters,
connectors, mavens, and other important members of the target
audience?
Do I know what stage of change my audience is in?
Do I understand what kinds of beliefs affect the audience's
behaviors?
Have I segmented the target audience so that I can develop
messages for each subgroup?
Is the target audience for each objective sufficiently defined?
Have I identified the communication channels used by the
target audience?
Have I collected enough data on the target audience?
How long will it take to collect survey data on the target
audience?
Do I understand the target audience?
Do I know what is important to the target audience?
Do I know what barriers prevent the target audience from
changing its behavior?
Are there barriers to accessing the target audience that can
hinder the plan?
44*
t
Part 2 Step 2: Identify and Analyze the Target Audiences
-------
What's in Step 3?
• Deciding on which behav-
iors to focus
• Crafting the message
• The importance of
framing
• Branding your program
• Getting the audience's attention
• Getting a response
• Using incentives and rewards
• Focusing on behaviors
• Setting up a beneficial exchange
• Message delivery
In Pennsylvania Amish coun-
try, convincing dairymen
to fence their cows out of
the stream worked best when the
message appealed to the dairymen
themselves. Creating a message
that focused on herd health or
other issues that the dairymen were
interested in is what really worked.
Discussing your goals and objec-
tives with members of the target
audience through individual con-
tact, focus group meetings, or
audience research is highly rec-
ommended when developing the
message.
Check out the Getting In Step
video.
• Create the message
After gathering and analyzing information on members of the
target audience (Step 2), you're ready to craft a message that will
engage the audience's members and help achieve your objectives. To
be effective, messages must be understood by the target audience and
appeal to people on their own terms. Your message needs to elicit a
response. It should be clear, specific, and tied directly to something
the target audience values. In addition, the message should articulate
what actions the receivers should take. These actions might include
letting vegetation grow taller along a stream, pumping septic tanks, or
conducting soil tests before fertilizing lawns. Messages that are vague
or that don't contain specific calls to action—"We all contribute to
nonpoint source pollution"—might help to build general awareness
but are ineffective at changing behaviors.
Remember that your message is not simply a restatement of your
objective. Your message will help achieve your objective as defined in
Step 1, but the two are not the same. Objectives describe final results;
messages prompt the knowledge, attitudes, and actions needed to
obtain them.
Deciding on which behaviors to focus
To create messages and encourage actions that will help you achieve
the overall water quality goals and objectives from Step 1, you need
to decide which behavior changes will give you the most for your
money. Will you gain a greater reduction in overall sediment pollu-
tion by asking developers to avoid projects along streams and wa-
terways or by asking construction site managers to plant vegetated
buffers along stream banks? Which behavior change will be easier to
measure? Which one is the audience more likely to adopt? Which be-
havior shows the most direct link to the problem? Which will be the
easiest to promote, financially and technically? What barriers need to
be overcome to motivate people to engage in that behavior? Thinking
about these questions will help you choose the behaviors you should
target in your campaign.
To make the behavior selection process easier, use a table such as the
one presented on page 53 for the Building Blocks box. A blank matrix
is provided in Appendix C. By answering the questions in the table,
you'll be able to score the potential behaviors you're considering
and decide which behavior you should focus on to meet your goals
and objectives. For example, when answering the question "Which
behavior will be the most affordable to promote to my audience?" be
sure to consider both the short-term and long-term costs you might
incur while trying to encourage the adoption of each behavior. Think
about the costs of outreach materials and formats, how the materials
will be distributed, and who will help you distribute them. If the cost
Step 3: Create the Message
Part 2
-------
to promote a behavior is particularly high, you might want to focus
on another behavior that will achieve the same result. The answers
to most of the questions in the table will be found during the target
audience analysis process you conducted earlier. Having focus group
participants complete the table together is also a good way to zero in
on behaviors. For each question, rank each behavior, starting with 1
as the behavior least likely to result in the best outcome for that ques-
tion. Hints on how to answer the questions are provided in Appendix
C, which also includes a blank matrix.
Crafting the message
Messages are designed to raise general awareness, educate, or
motivate action. Keep in mind that outreach messages depend on
what the audiences knows. If people aren't familiar with an issue
or problem, awareness and education will have to precede any calls
for action. For example, it is unrealistic to expect voters to approve
a stormwater management bond referendum that will raise their
property taxes unless they know what the money will be used for,
why the expense is necessary, and what the benefits will be (e.g.,
improved water quality, reduced flooding). Awareness and education
activities—discussing the inadequacies of the current stormwater
system, perhaps, and reviewing possible improvements—are usually
required before asking people to take an action that will cost them
time, resources, or money. Outreach messages will change over time
as the audience moves along the continuum of awareness, education,
and action.
A careful analysis of your overall goal (e.g., improve water quality]
and supporting objectives (e.g., reduce nutrient loadings, control sed-
imentation) will help you determine the best way to craft a message
for the target audience. A variety of approaches are avail-
able. For example, in some cases the message might stress
what might be lost if the desired actions are not taken (wa-
ter quality), rather than individual benefits (increased sense
of social responsibility). Other approaches include high-
lighting potential threats, appealing to a common vision for
improved conditions, and portraying the targeted behavior
as cool, sophisticated, or otherwise desirable. Always pretest
your message on a subset of the target audience and adjust it
as necessary. Keep in mind that if your message is focused on
getting people to take a specific action, they will be more likely
to take part if the message also has a component that helps
build awareness at the same time. A message like "Don't dump
used motor oil down the storm drains" is much more effective if
you add "because our storm drains empty into the bay."
Messages can appeal to the audience's hopes, fears, sense of
responsibility, or personal benefits. Exploring the attitudes, per-
ceptions, and beliefs of the audience regarding the subject of your
message (through the research conducted in Step 2) can help you
uncover messages that will resonate with the audience members.
Text-message-
style messages
aimed at youth
An educational nonprofit orga-
nization based in Pennsylvania,
12 Caring Habits, developed a
program that includes a yearlong
series of monthly habit-building
teaching and display components
that are engaging and extremely
easy to teach and learn. Each
month becomes a familiar "brand
name," and each color becomes
a recognized symbol for one of
12 behaviors that motivate car-
ing and mutual respect in class-
rooms. To better engage youth,
organizers developed their 12
messages using a text-message
style. In many cases, texting has
replaced talking among teens.
Six independent and university
studies confirmed that when
properly implemented, Caring
Habits outcomes support child
development and emotional
intelligence goals with a
minimal investment of only a
few minutes a week.
Part 2
Step 3: Create the Message
-------
Poorly framed sentence:
When you think of the
Cobblestone River, you are
probably thinking of dirty water,
but the Cobblestone has seen
great improvements in water
quality in the last 10 years.
Well-framed sentence: The
Cobblestone River is the clean-
est it's been in 10 years because
of the tremendous improvement
efforts by both state and local
agencies and organizations.
The poorly framed sentence
reminds people of the frame they
believe to be true, and this belief
will be hard to overcome no mat-
ter what is said next. Consider
what happens when someone
mentions song lyrics. You tend to
end up humming the song all day,
even if you don't like it, because
you've been reminded of it. It's
hard to think of anything else. The
same holds true with issue frames
or perceptions.
For example, a land manager might be more interested in the amount
of time and money he can save by transitioning to a "no-mow" natu-
ral landscape or scaling back his existing mowing program than he
is in the amount of nutrients and sediments trapped by the resulting
vegetation. One developer might be most interested in complying
with local erosion and sediment control ordinances and avoiding
fines, whereas another might want to preserve habitat in an area of
the river she fishes.
Be careful not to create a message that will easily become outdated.
If your message involves getting people to support a new zoning
ordinance that protects riparian corridors, you might be wasting your
time if that ordinance is being spearheaded by a local politician who
could be ousted in the next election. Don't ask residents to have their
septic systems inspected if sewer lines are expected to be extended to
their area within the next year. Make sure your message won't fade
with current events or changes in administration. Consider omitting
dates from print materials if they will be used for years to come.
The language and style of the message should match those of the
target audience. If you're unsure about the reading level of the target
audience, pretest the message with representatives of the audience
to determine its appropriateness. Consider displaying the message
graphically if the target audience is not fully literate. If the target
audience's primary language is not English, lead off with their native
language first and include an English version underneath, if needed.
Always seek to understand and to be understood.
The importance of framing
Framing has to do with how people use meanings, values, context,
anecdotes and stereotypes to better understand an issue or event. In
outreach, framing is the act of purposely planning the mental connec-
tions that people will make when hearing your message so that they
will understand and respond the way you want or expect them to.
Frames are sets of signals that tell people how they should respond.
People understand something better and will respond positively if they
are able to quickly fit the concept into a framework for something
that they already understand and that they want or like. Following are
some examples of framing the same issues in different ways with just
a few words:
• Government-sponsored health care program versus public heath
care option
• Death tax versus estate tax
• Nursing home versus senior living center
• Mountain bikers versus hikers on wheels
• Endangered species versus native wildlife
• Open space versus natural area.
Step 3: Create the Message
Part 2
-------
In addition to the words you use in your messages, creating posi-
tive, productive frames also involves choosing the right visuals,
metaphors, and tone. The publication Framing Public Issues by the
Frameworks Institute in Washington, DC, is a great resource on how
to frame messages. The document provides many examples of both
good and bad framing and provides tips and checklists to help you
frame your message. It can be downloaded at www. frameworks
institute.org/assets/files/PDF/FramingPublicIssuesfinal.pdf.
Branding your program
A brand is a trademark, name, phrase, logo, or design given to a
product or an organization. A brand can also be a behavior your
group is focused on addressing. Brands are used to create a consis-
tent, memorable identity for your product or project. Brand identity
is what you want people to think or feel when they see or hear your
brand. When developing a brand, you're hoping to build a positive,
action-motivating brand image. For example, EPA's WaterSense label
is a brand for a water efficiency program. Products, such as toilets
and shower heads, displaying the WaterSense label are more water-
efficient than their competitors. When consumers see the WaterSense
label, hopefully they see a product that is water-efficient and will
save them money on their water bill because it has been approved as
such by a trusted environmental agency. How successful your brand
is often reflects how well your agency, project, or product is trusted
by the audience. Consider, for a
moment, the fact that 90 percent of
consumers trust information coming
from people they know (word-of-
mouth information). If your pro-
gram's brand becomes so popular
that it is spread by word of mouth,
it will quickly become a trusted,
well-known brand.
The West Valley Clean Water
Program in the San Francisco Bay
area developed a cartoon strip,
"Claire Water," as its brand (see
page 46). The cartoon characters,
Claire (a clapper rail) and Harvey
(a saltmarsh harvest mouse), pres-
ent a consistent brand image even
though the messages in the strips
change. The cartoon characters
can be easily used in logos, news-
papers, flyers, newsletters, posters,
and virtually anything else. The
artist prepares each strip in three
formats for various uses—grey scale
for newspapers, color, and line art
only (for coloring books, etc.).
Have some degree of trust* in the following forms
of advertising, April 2009
Recommendations from people known
Consumer opinions posted online
Brand websites
Editorial content (e.g., newspaper article)
Brand sponsorships
TV
Newspaper
Magazines
Billboards/outdoor advertising
Radio
E-mails signed up for
Ads before movies
Search engine results ads
Online video ads
Online banner ads
Text ads on mobile phones
(
1 90%
1 70%
1 70%
^| 69%
I 64%
I 62%
^| 61 %
| 59%
^| 55%
^| 55%
I 54%
I 52%
I 41 %
I 37%
I 33%
I 24%
) 20 40 60 80 100
Source: The Nielsen Company
*For example, 90 percent of respondents trusted "completely" or "somewhat"
recommendations from people they know
Part 2
Step 3: Create the Message
-------
Claire Water
West Valley Clean Water Pgm WWW.CleancreekS.org
DO «ibo i*m ALL THE
LOATEfc, WHEA CLEM It?
fcECWSE. THESE METHW&S lA
"•tel», PdOLTWa CM HAW OOP.
UOCAL. CREEKS1.
K
378-2407! J 6E&. I
(uaaCwo
XjOCMEE
*s
Consider developing an
easy-to-remember jingle
to get your nonpoint source
or stormwater message across in
radio or TV PSAs. Jingles can be
an effective, vivid communica-
tion tool that can help move a
behavior from short-term memory
to long-term memory. The use of
music and rhyming words helps
to organize and store the infor-
mation in the mind, making it
easier to remember later. Keep
your jingles short—the shorter the
better.
Come
GriUUs
About Hour
Watershed
Getting the audience's attention
Of course, the message will need to capture the attention of the
target audience. Cutting through the clutter of the daily news, school
schedules, work commitments, and social outings to grab the audi-
ence can be difficult. You need a hook—a way to make the message
both lively and personal so that it resonates with the audience and
prompts them to respond. The "package" or format of the message
can help with this, but the message itself must command attention if
it is to be acknowledged.
Effective hooks vary according to the audience. Technical audiences
might be drawn to detailed trend charts, modeling results, or data
displays on the effectiveness of best management practices (BMPs).
Developers might want to know how much bang they're getting for
their buck—what's the relative effectiveness of the proposed control
measure, and how much will it cost? More general audiences might
be engaged by information linked to the local drinking water sources
or messages that have powerful emotional connections. The chal-
lenge will be finding a way to engage the audience directly without
resorting to hyperbole or other inappropriate distortions.
Humorous messages can be used as a hook to attract attention. Keep-
ing your message lighthearted makes people feel more comfortable
with the topic and helps them feel less intimidated. For instance, if
you're trying to generate stakeholder interest in providing input on a
new watershed management plan, you might hold monthly backyard
barbecues with the message "Come Grill Us about Your Watershed!"
Analogies or stories that vividly portray the scope of a problem, com-
pelling questions, and appeals that stress rewards or threats can all
help grab the attention of the target audience. For example, consider
the different approaches in the following table for presenting similar
information:
Step 3: Create the Message
Part 2
-------
Less vivid More vivid
There are about 26 million septic systems in the United
States.
Every month about 6,000 cubic yards of sediment is
transported down the Red River.
Hog production in the five-county area generates
approximately 750 tons of manure per day.
Population is expected to increase about 15 percent
annually over the next 1 0 years.
Septic systems treat and release about 4 billion gallons of
The Red River carries the equivalent of 1,000 pickup truck
loads of dirt every month.
Hogs in our coastal counties produce more manure each
day than a city of a half-million people.
We'll need to build 10,000 homes, 6 schools, and a
hospital by 2020 to keep up with current growth trends.
Using the information you collected on the target audience in Step 2,
determine what will grab this group's attention. Talk to people knowl-
edgeable about the audience, convene focus groups of audience
members, or research how others targeting that audience develop
their outreach or marketing materials. Focus groups are particularly
good venues for testing and obtaining feedback on various versions
of outreach materials, messages, and other aspects of the effort. In a
focus group conducted by EPA, participants mentioned that messages
that clearly and dramatically demonstrate the immediate cause-and-
effect relationship between personal polluting behaviors and resulting
pollution are most effective. Messages aimed at educating teenage
audiences must include elements that target that age group: The
most effective messages are bold, hard-hitting, unconventional, and
provocative.
Most, if not all, public service messages that have ever worked in-
clude an emotional appeal—think about the Crying Indian litter cam-
paign from the 1970s and the Smokey Bear appeals. Concerns about
getting sick from drinking contaminated water, getting cancer from
smoking, and dying in a drunk-driving crash can lead to positive
behavior changes. Messages that focus on emotional appeals must
be socially responsible, based on indisputable facts, and carefully
tested among members of the target audience before widespread use.
Nancy Lee, coauthor of Social Marketing: Influencing Behaviors for
Good, recommends considering the stage of change (refer to Step 2,
page 21) of the target audience. If audiences currently have no inten-
tion of changing their behavior, raising the level of concern might
"wake them up." If they are already considering making a change,
however, a heightened appeal might immobilize them (e.g., keep a
woman from going to get a mammogram). Lee suggests always fol-
lowing up these kinds of messages quickly with a solution, such as
a toll-free number to call, a website to visit, or an action to take. You
should also make sure that the source of the statistic or information
used as the basis for the concern is a credible source. For example, in
communicating the dangers of swimming in polluted waterways, us-
ing a trustworthy source such as the state or local health department
will make your message more credible and less likely to be ignored.
Part 2
Step 3: Create the Message
-------
And lastly, make sure the described consequence of not taking action
is accurate and not overexaggerated.
Take time to explore how your message will be received and what
reaction it is likely to evoke before you finalize and release it. Don't
overwhelm your audience by trying to cover too many bases in one
message. Keep it simple so the idea is not diluted. Delivering too
much information at once doesn't work, even if you're addressing a
complex issue.
Getting a response
Ask people to do something in your message, and let them know why
it's important. It's not likely that they will do anything unless you spe-
cifically ask them. Below are some action steps an outreach campaign
might promote:
• Recycle your motor oil at any auto parts store in town.
• Seed and mulch bare ground within 14 days after removing vegeta-
tive cover.
• Save plastic grocery bags and use them to scoop the poop from your
pooch.
• Have your septic system inspected every three years and pumped as
necessary.
• Make your lakeshore a no-mow zone!
• Save up to 30 percent on air-conditioning costs by planting trees
around your home.
When asking people to take action, be very clear about what they
should do and make it easy to remember. Think about what behav-
iors are currently the norm and what behaviors you hope to make
the norm. If you can reinforce the desired behavior by noting others
who are engaging in it, so much the better. For example, farmers
are much more likely to upgrade their livestock waste management
practices if other nearby farmers are doing it. Asking people to take
action is where the rubber meets the road in the world of voluntary
BMPs. In many cases, your whole water quality improvement effort
might be based on convincing X number of people to take Y num-
ber of Z actions. If this is the case, your outreach strategy needs to
explore very carefully what type of appeal is most likely to work.
Messages with incentives and rewards
Using financial incentives is one of the best ways to initially get
people involved in your cause. Financial incentives can help change
the behaviors of people who believe that protecting the environment
is too time-consuming or expensive. Financial incentives are best
used when research on the target audience suggests that people are
unlikely to change their behaviors without an incentive. For example,
providing discount cards from local businesses for participating in a
household hazardous waste recycling event could encourage more
Step 3: Create the Message
Part 2
-------
49
residents to participate than might have otherwise. Other examples
include paying homeowners a small stipend for agreeing to participate
in focus group meetings, offering rebates for purchasing low-flow
showerheads, and offering subsidized interest rates or tax breaks.
Be sure that you build in ways to make people notice your incen-
tive. Include information on financial incentives at the point of sale
or in bill inserts so that people notice them at times when they are
already thinking about money. Try to identify incentives that have the
potential for long-term impact and create social change (e.g., public
recognition of several "best stream buffer" property owners) instead
of incentives that will create a behavior change only during the short
life of the incentive and aren't likely to result in lasting water quality
improvements unless they are repeated (e.g., coupon for one free box
of pet waste pickup bags). Incentives are much more successful and
cost-effective for one-time behavior changes rather than repetitive be-
havior change. It may well prove too expensive for your organization
to keep providing the incentive over the long haul, and if the incentive
is later removed, will the repetitive behavior come to a stop?
The "Get Green" campaign, developed by the environmental advo-
cacy group Environmental Defense and produced by the Ad Council,
uses humor to offer viewers simple, everyday ways that they can help
the environment. "Get Green" highlights how people can help the
environment get green while helping themselves get green by saving
money. Five TV public service announcements (PSAs) humorously
depict the simplicity of incorporating environmental actions into daily
lives. One PSA shows a man inflating his tires properly and saving
money on gas. "Yeah," he says. "I save Mother Nature from pollu-
tion. But more important, she's already saved me 30 bucks!" Another
shows a man who has just had his car tuned. It conveys the same
message—saving the environment while saving money.
Using a different spin on incentives, EPA enlisted the help of home-
owners in the Cincinnati, Ohio, Mt. Airy neighborhood to install
rain gardens and rain barrels in their yards. In this pilot project, EPA
tested an auction-based method of encouraging the public to adopt
new behaviors. EPA paid those landowners who agreed to install rain
gardens or rain barrels at the lowest price. The auction was run in
spring 2007and repeated in spring 2008, and it resulted in payouts and
the installation of rain gardens and rain barrels. Bids ranged from $0
to $500, with an average bid of $50.27 for a rain garden and $32.06
for a rain barrel. Interestingly, most of the bids were $0, indicating the
willingness of homeowners to have stormwater management practices
installed on their property for free without any compensation. Read
more on the project at www.mtairyraincatchers.org/index.htm.
Bear in mind that when people are already motivated to change their
behaviors, the use of financial incentives might undermine their mo-
tivation. In addition, if the incentive is later taken away, that original
motivation might be lost.
Part 2
Step 3: Create the Message
-------
en
On the other hand, disincentives, such as fines for overwatering or
cutting down trees within 50 feet of a stream bank, discourage people
from taking actions you want them to avoid. Disincentives such as
the rising cost of water due to high wastewater treatment costs, can
be mentioned in printed materials and on radio and TV.
Setting up a beneficial exchange
Identifying a beneficial exchange is a critical, but often overlooked,
component of an outreach campaign. Beneficial exchange is rooted in
the idea that actions are taken whenever target audiences believe that
the benefits they receive will be greater than the costs they incur by not
taking that action. When developing your messages, always consider
"What's in it for my target audience?" People will change their behav-
iors only if there's a benefit for them in doing it. There has to be an
exchange. Although your "customers" should be informed of the link
between their actions and water pollution, you should also be aware
that most people are primarily interested in how it will help them—
more so than protecting the environment. Some benefits are tangible,
such as saving money or time or becoming healthier. There are also
perceived benefits, which revolve around social norms. People benefit
from a new behavior if they feel "this is what people expect me to do"
or "everyone else is doing it." Hopefully, you have uncovered some of
these benefits, or the desire for them, in your audience research during
Step 2. For example, if you learned in your research that a fair number
of people in your audience have reduced their reliance on household
toxics but not as many people as you would like, you might want to use
a message like "Your neighbor saved $10 this month by using alterna-
tive cleaners. What are you waiting for?" This shows people that they
can be smart and savvy like their neighbors if they change their ways.
Free mowers and mower discounts mean more natural lawns
For the past 11 years, King County, Washington, has co-sponsored a program to offer discounts on
mulching mowers. The program began in 1998 when a particularly rainy season overwhelmed the
local composting facility with grass clippings. The county gave each household in one neighborhood
a free Black and Decker electric mulching lawn mower (donated by Black and Decker), free lawn
care consultations, and free environmentally friendly lawn care products. In return, residents were
asked to pull weeds by hand, water their lawns less, and dispose of all their chemical pesticides.
Later the program evolved into a retail program that provided discounts for mulching mowers and
natural yard care products. The program was part of the Northwest Natural Yard Days. Since Yard
Days began, 34,185 mulching mowers have been purchased.
http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/naturalyardcare/yd-background.asp
-------
Message delivery
The next section (Step 4) discusses formats and delivery mechanisms
for your message—that is, how to get the message packaged and
distributed. It's helpful to give some thought to message delivery
when you're crafting and refining your message because the way it's
delivered can significantly affect what happens next.
For example, outreach messages targeting business owners are better
received and more powerful if a member of the business community de-
livers them. Integrating personal communication with a member of the
target audience or a person with good standing in that community dur-
ing message delivery increases the chances that the desired action will
be taken. Personal involvement can also help model the desired behav-
ior and provide additional outreach and support for the message—and
the target actions—after the initial outreach phase has been completed.
The 4Ps of Marketing
Four key marketing concepts related to setting
up a beneficial exchange should be addressed
in social marketing campaigns. Marketers call
them the "4 Ps":
• Product: The package of messages, ben-
efits, and collateral materials and activities
associated with the desired behavior.
• Price: The price (e.g., money, time) the
target audience pays or believes it must pay
in the exchange; what the audience gives up
during the exchange.
• Place: The place where the beneficial
exchange occurs. This place must reach the
target audience and fit their lifestyle. Place
includes things like the Internet and e-mail,
grocery stores, doctors offices, mailboxes,
outdoor spigots, hardware store shelves, and
door-to-door encounters. "Place" includes
where the information is conveyed, materials
are given out, or desired actions are actually
taken.
• Promotion: Publicize or promote the
exchange opportunity in a creative way that
maximizes adoption of the new behaviors.
Promotion includes the messages, mes-
sengers, and distribution methods used to
spread the word.
Part 2
Step 3: Create the Message
-------
>
Finding the right angle for your message
The Muncie Delaware County Stormwater Man-
agement office in Indiana received a $120,000
grant from the Centers for Disease Control
(CDC) to install several rain gardens. After heavy
rains, water tends to stand in certain parts of
the city for days, increasing health risks and con-
tributing to mosquito infestation. Although the
CDC is not typically concerned with stormwater
or flooding issues, they are concerned with
mosquito-transmitted diseases such as West Nile
Virus. Communicating the importance of storm-
water management to the CDC centered more
around public health issues than environmental
issues. In that light, CDC could clearly see the
public health benefit that could be gained from
rain gardens. Refocusing their message around
public health helped the locality obtain a grant
that would otherwise not have been available to
them. For more information on the project, con-
tact the Muncie Delaware County Stormwater
Coordinator, Shareen Wagley at sw/ag/ey®
mundesanitary.org or 765-213-6468.
TARGET
AUDIENCE
Building Blocks:
Step 3: Creating the Message
One of the objectives of the hypothetical Herndon County's watershed manage-
ment plan is to reduce nutrient runoff coming from residential areas. The county's
public outreach committee agreed that focusing outreach efforts on homeown-
ers, homeowner associations, and apartment/condominium landscape managers
would greatly improve water quality in the county.
To help the committee members decide which behavior changes would give them the greatest benefit, they
developed a behavior change matrix to compare six nutrient-reducing behaviors. The committee scored
each behavior based on the results of the research it had conducted when identifying and analyzing its
target audience. The behavior that received the highest score, reducing the number of times fertilizer is
applied each year from twice to once, is the behavior the committee decided would provide the greatest
reduction in nutrient runoff, considering the inclinations of the target audience. The matrix is shown on the
following page. (See Appendix C for instructions and a blank matrix for your use.)
After the committee selected which behavior to focus the campaign on, the county set out to create its
message. From Step 2 (Identify and analyze the target audience), the county had learned that although
many residents are interested in protecting the environment and their water resources, most simply do not
have the extra time to take action. The county knew that it would be important to stress that reducing
fertilizer application would save residents time and improve water quality
while giving them a healthier lawn at the same time. The outreach
campaign's message became the following:
Fertilize in the Fall. That's All!
With slow-release or organic fertilizers,
you need to fertilize only once in the fall
to help your grass grow new roots
and store nutrients for next year's growth.
Step 3: Create the Message
Part 2
-------
Sample Behavior Selection Matrix
Water Quality Objective: Reduce nutrient runoff from residential areas
Behavior
Pick up pet
waste
Reduce fertilizer
application
from twice a
year to once a
Plant
streamside
vegetation
to filter out
nutrients
Have septic
systems
inspected every
3 years and
pumped as
necessary
Leave grass
clippings on the
lawn
Plant native
plants that
require less
fertilizer
Evaluation Questions
Score from 1 to 6 (1 being the least likely and 6 being the most likely).
Note: Behaviors may receive the same score if applicable.
Which
behavior
will result in
the highest
reduction in
pollution?
4
6
5
3
2
1
Which
behavior will
be the most
affordable
to promote
to my
audience?
6
5
2
1
4
3
Which
behavior will
be the most
affordable
for my
audience to
adopt?
5
6
2
1
4
3
Which
behavior is
the most
attractive to
the people
in my
community?
1
3
4
2
5
6
For which
behavior will
it be easiest
to show a
link to the
problem?
5
6
1
4
2
3
Which
behavior is
the most
sustainable?
4
5
6
3
2
3
Which
behavior
will
provide
additional
water
quality
benefits?
1
6
6
5
3
4
Which
behavior
will
get the
highest
consumer
response?
6
3
4
1
5
6
Which
behavior
has the
fewest
barriers to
overcome?
6
5
2
1
4
3
Total
Score
(sum of
columns
1-9)
38
45
32
21
31
32
'V
-•
Instructions:
1. Score each behavior based on the evaluation questions (1 being the least likely and 6 being the most likely).
2. Total each behavior score by adding the scores for each question.
3. The behavior with the highest score is the recommended behavior.
Note: The results of this matrix will vary between communities. The factors may change depending on input from the target audience.
-------
Positives outweigh
negatives
After engaging the mem-
bers of the audience and
exposing them to your message,
you can provide other informa-
tion you feel is important, such as
environmental benefits. It's advis-
able, however, to let the audience
members know first what their
direct benefit will be. A word to
the wise: Studies show that posi-
tive messages ("do this") tend to
be more effective in changing
people's habits than negative ones
("don't do this").
PROCESS CHECKLIST
Step 3: Create the message
Is the message relevant and accessible to the target audience?
Is the language of the message appropriate for the target
audience?
Is the message specific for each audience, and will it resound
with each?
Can the message be understood by the target audience?
Is the message framed appropriately?
Is the message vivid and memorable?
Have I set up a beneficial exchange?
Have I road-tested the message with members of the target
audience?
Can the target audience respond to the message in an easy,
convenient way?
Have I successfully identified which behaviors to ask the target
audience to change?
Does the message motivate behavior or attitude change?
Have I considered how the message will be delivered?
Step 3: Create the Message
Part 2
-------
Package the message
You've defined the objectives, assessed the target audience, and
crafted the message. Now it's time to determine the best pack-
ages or formats for the message for eventual delivery to the target
audience. The information you collected in Step 2 will help in de-
termining the most appropriate format. A farming community, for
example, might respond positively to field day events, door-to-door
visits, and articles in farm publications. When selecting your message
formats, think about where the target audience gets its information.
This section provides tips on various formats from radio public ser-
vice announcements (PSAs) to giveaways.
Linking the needs of the audience to the format
Making sure you choose the right message format for the target audi-
ence is one of the most important steps in outreach. Several factors
about the audience come into play:
• Size of the audience: If the target audience is large, a door-to-door
campaign might not be feasible; if the audience is small, a grandi-
ose community festival could waste valuable time and money.
• Geographic distribution of the audience: If the audience is widely
distributed (e.g., across a rural county), presentations given at
workshops might not be the best choice because participants
would have to travel a long distance to get to them.
• Level of awareness and education: If the audience consists of
people for whom English is not the primary language, newsletters
or other written formats in English might not appeal to them; radio
or TV PSAs in their native language might be a better choice.
• Preferred formats: If the research you conducted on the audience
revealed that most of the audience members have access to the
Internet and use it regularly, a campaign-specific website might be
an important element to include in your campaign.
Format considerations
In some cases, the format will define the distribution mechanism
(newspaper articles, radio spots, public events). Keeping in mind the
possibility of using multiple formats, consider the following:
• Is the package appropriate for the target audience?
• Is it user-friendly?
• Does it clearly communicate the message?
• How will the target audience access and use the information?
• Is it something they will see once and discard, or refer to often?
• Can it be produced in-house with existing resources?
What's in Step 4?
• Linking the audience and
formats
• Format considerations
• Using green methods and
materials
• Repeating the message
• Borrowing ideas from others
• Using the mass media &
advertising
• Making videos
• Using print materials
• Conducting presentations &
events
• What does it cost?
Different audiences
respond differently
to the same fish fact
sheet
In one study that tested a
proposed fact sheet on the risks
of fish consumption for various
audiences, scientists found that
African American respondents
were interested in health risks from
contaminated fish, whereas White
respondents were interested in the
level of contamination in the fish
themselves.
—J. Burger and L. Waishwell
"Are we reaching the target audi-
ence? Evaluation of a fish fact sheet"
The Science of the Total
Environment 2001
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
56
door
Stoney (reek
HEALTHY
• How much will it cost, and who will pay for it?
• Are there existing formats or templates that can be tapped into?
• Will it work as a self-mailer or fit in a standard-sized envelope?
Be mindful of the links between message, format, and distribution.
For example, you might announce a river festival on brightly colored
recycled paper or use a radio show on car maintenance to reach
automotive do-it-yourselfers.
Greening up your outreach methods and
materials
Another important consideration is whether your outreach methods
and materials are as environmentally friendly as possible. Printed
materials containing environmental messages are often criticized if
they're not produced with high-post-consumer-content recycled stock.
On the flip side, make sure that you carefully weigh the results that
your methods and materials will achieve against the burden or cost of
making those methods and materials more "green." For example, don't
blow your budget on plant-based utensils at your watershed confer-
ence if you then can't afford to pay for the keynote speaker who will
draw attendees. In addition, make sure the products and methods you
choose match your audience's needs. Following are a few examples of
eco-friendly materials and methods you might consider using:
• Provide virtual/electronic meeting handouts versus hard copies.
• Piggyback events with cell phone recycling events, turn-out-the-
lights events (e.g., Earth Hour), and other environmental events.
• Prepare reusable displays.
• Use recycled and recyclable paper, soy-based inks, and green of-
fice supplies (www.thegreenofftce.com).
• Purchase giveaways made from recycled materials.
• Provide options for recycling and food waste composting at events
and publicize these areas.
• Provide biodegradable utensils and other items at meetings and
conferences. (There are many online options for buying plant-
based utensils.)
• Select hotels and other meeting facilities that practice green hospi-
tality and sustainable practices.
• Don't provide plastic water bottles at events. Use water coolers
and biodegradable paper cups instead.
• Use recycled or environmentally friendly shipping materials
(e.g., no Styrofoam peanuts), and use recycled paper for letter-
head and envelopes.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
• Recycle nametags used at meetings.
• Reuse posters from bus boards and other transit systems once
their "contract" or period of initial use is over. Share them with
schools, libraries, and other public buildings.
Repeating the message
In addition to being promotional vehicles for messages, formats often
dictate the frequency of message presentation. Frequency is important
because it determines how well the message will be remembered.
Professional marketers know that the more times you see their adver-
tisement for a product, the more likely you'll remember the product
and buy it. Educating stakeholders and citizens on watershed or pol-
luted runoff issues is no different: People remember what resonates
with them and what is in front of them. As the saying goes, "out of
sight, out of mind." So if your message is short, you might want to
display it on a refrigerator magnet and keep it in front of the audience
for months or even years. Other packages—rain gauges, calendars,
Frisbees, news media pieces, printed materials, and so forth—all have
their own pros and cons. Take time to explore them to see if they fit
your program by linking objective, audience, and message.
Sharpen your writing skills
There are no hard-and-fast rules or magical formulas for good writing, but these guide-
lines could add sparkle and strength to almost anyone's words:
• Make sure your message targets the audience and will resonate favorably. Write simply and directly.
• Pay attention to grammar and punctuation, and avoid careless mistakes and typos. Consult a writing
stylebook to double-check just where that comma or apostrophe should go, or ask someone with
experience and a keen eye to edit the piece.
• Use the active voice.
• Write in simple declarative sentences. Make each word work. Avoid overuse of the thesaurus, or
your writing will sound stilted or pretentious. Use descriptive adjectives, but not too many.
• Make sure your writing conveys your intentions.
• Sometimes a new perspective and a fresh start are needed, so don't hesitate to start over if neces-
sary. If you come down with a case of writer's block, you might be making too great a fuss over
what you're writing. Sometimes it helps to just start writing, even if you begin at the middle or end
of a piece. You can always go back to edit or enhance it later. Getting something on paper is the
most important part.
• Avoid the use of technical terms, jargon, and acronyms unless the audience is familiar with them.
Instead, use words that are simple and easily understood by all audiences. Use the same words in your
messages and materials that you would if you were talking to your mother or a neighbor.
• A picture really is worth a thousand words. Use pictures of people engaging in the behavior you
want the audience to adopt so that they can imagine themselves doing it. In addition, make sure
you can clearly see the faces of people in your pictures. Use faces that look like people in your target
audience (i.e., appropriate age, race, sex or lifestyle).
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
58
Don't reinvent the wheel!
Before you spend a penny designing, writing, or recording any out-
reach materials, be sure that you take some time to see if similar
materials have already been developed by other organizations in your
state or other states that you can use without having to create some-
thing new yourself. Start by searching through EPA's Nonpoint Source
Outreach Toolbox (www.epa.gov/nps/toolbox). The Toolbox contains
a variety of already-developed outreach materials from all over the
country to help you get started on developing an effective and targeted
outreach campaign. It has more than 700 viewable or audible TV,
radio, and print ads and other outreach products to increase awareness
or change behaviors across the following six topics:
• General stormwater and storm drain awareness
• Lawn and garden care
• Household chemicals and waste
• Motor vehicle care
• Pet care
• Septic system care
You can search by media type, topic, or by state. Permissions for us-
ing the cataloged products are disclosed (and in most cases, granted]
by the product owners, and contact information, campaign websites,
and other pertinent details are provided (select "Find out more" for
any product listed).
Format options
The following is an overview of some popular formats, but it is not
meant to be comprehensive. Choose one format (or more) that helps
achieve the desired result with your available resources. Combin-
ing formats can reinforce your message considerably. For example,
promoting environmentally friendly agricultural practices through
newspaper articles, farm field days, and "conserve our soil" ball caps
can create interest in and support for such practices. Keep the target
audience in mind while considering various formats.
If your campaign will last for a relatively long period, you have the
option of using multiple formats over time. In fact, formats should
change over the course of your outreach campaign to reflect the dif-
ferent phases of outreach—awareness, education, and action. This
continuum calls for a broad, generic message at the outset to raise
and increase awareness. As the target audience becomes aware of and
interested in the issue (s), the messages and formats should become
more specific. For example, general stormwater-focused radio and TV
PSAs can lead into specific ads regarding pet waste, fertilizer use, and
vehicle care.
Each format has advantages and disadvantages, and you need to
weigh them as you decide which format will resonate most and
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
is most appropriate for the target audience. Other considerations
include cost, staff time needed, setup time, production time, sched-
ule, legal requirements, and audience type, level of education, and
involvement in the issue. The table on pages 61 and 62 lists some of
the pros and cons of each format and the circumstances under which
each format is best applied.
The following sections present the formats from the table and pro-
vide tips for increasing the effectiveness of these formats.
Mass media formats
If your message needs to be understood and embraced by the public,
it must be covered by the mass media. The media are the most cost-
effective and efficient way to get your message delivered. Partnering
with the news media—newspapers, TV, magazines, radio—is not
difficult, but it requires some orientation and basic training on how
to involve them in your outreach effort.
Opportunities to place your message in the media include informa-
tional news stories, people features, issue analyses, PSAs, interview
programs, call-in shows, editorial columns, and feature items related
to sports, recreation, or outdoor living. The various formats require
different techniques, which are discussed below.
Formats using the mass media can be broken down into two major
categories, news coverage and advertising. News coverage includes
interviews, news stories, letters to the editor, and event coverage. Ad-
vertising includes the development of PSAs. Publicity generated from
news coverage is dependent on the news organization, whereas you
create radio, TV, and newspaper advertising yourself. In many cases
the advertising that you do can be leveraged later into news cover-
age. For example, one state bought informational ads on agriculture-
related water quality issues from a country station and received as a
benefit some free news coverage of the issues during the year.
News coverage
Why use the news media ?
Americans are voracious consumers of news and information, and
information on water and other science issues is not much different
from information on health, economics, or sports. A survey conduct-
ed by the University of North Texas in 2006 found that 41 percent of
residents get their information from TV news, 20 percent from the
Internet, and 19 percent from newspapers. Only 7 percent of those
surveyed mentioned things like environmental mailings as their news
sources, and meetings didn't even make the list. Nearly every study
conducted in the United States over the past decade has concluded
that most people—even those involved in scientific or water resource
issues—get their environmental information from the news media.
Obviously, the news media have tremendous reach when it comes
to communicating watershed messages to both targeted and broad
audiences.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
The news is free!
The news media are effective, available, and free. Surveys repeat-
edly show high public interest in environmental issues and in water
quality, particularly as it relates to drinking water, public health, and
recreational uses. Reporters are always looking for news—informa-
tive articles, features on people or issues, or regular columns—to fill
their pages or broadcasts. Packaging your messages as news stories
can help distribute your information to mass audiences at virtually no
cost. You have to buy an ad, but placing your message in the news is
free. The trade-off is that you do not control the message, timing, or
frequency of the news story.
Reporters often cover water quality issues debated at public meetings
and other events. Expanding coverage through a planned, proactive
approach can help build and support new attitudes, generate interest
in remediation projects, promote possible solutions to water quality
problems, introduce and explain policy or funding proposals, and
motivate or reinforce volunteers in the field. Public agencies are dis-
covering that working with the media helps in building awareness of
agency activities, responding quickly to public concerns, explaining
technical issues, and clarifying enforcement programs.
Becoming a student of the media (rather than just a consumer) can
help you discover important information about how a particular me-
dia outlet covers the news—things like who reports on environmental
issues, what's been covered so far, and what topics are the subject
of editorials. Developing some knowledge of a media outlet will help
later, when you're discussing possible coverage for your events or
issues.
What makes the news?
Certain key elements apply to what is covered as news. Good news
stories have at least one of the following attributes:
• Involve either local people or local issues or documented statistics
of local importance
• Focus on attributes perceived to be unique or unusual
• Relate to significant issues or events
• Quote well-known or respected members of the community
• Affect (or potentially affect) many people throughout a region
• Involve controversial issues or strong emotions
• Include a celebrity figure
• Are timely.
Your outreach or educational messages won't be required to have all
of these significant elements; but the more they have, the more likely
they'll be covered by the media. This aspect of media involvement
shouldn't be discouraging: A quick look at any newspaper or TV news
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
Choosing the Right Format
Format
Pros
Cons
Uses
TV news
coverage
Creates awareness, publicity, and
recognition
Most popular source of environmental
information
Free
Can reach a large captive audience
Can include graphics and video
Most people would rather watch than
read
Working with reporters takes time and
patience
Reporters might change focus of desired
coverage (e.g., reporters often want to
focus on "people" issues, rather than
aquatic biota or habitat concerns)
Training on giving interviews might be
needed
Providing education on technical issues
requires boiling them down to basic
bullet points
Events
Weekly reports
Hot topics
Controversial issues
Public education
BMP installations that
reduce water pollution
Advertising
with TV or
Radio Public
Service
Announce-
ments (PSAs)
Can be free to air
Can reach a large audience
Can focus in on target audience
Can provide follow-up through toll-
free medium (hotline or website)
TV ads provide high impact and the
ability to demonstrate a behavior
Stiff competition for air time
Easy to tune out
Difficult to evaluate effectiveness
Can be expensive to produce TV PSAs of
suitable quality
Short format does not allow for more
than awareness unless behavior change
is simple
Little control of time of airing without
paying; sometimes aired late at night
Message can be obscured by commercial
clutter
Target audience might not be watching/
listening when advertisement is aired
unless advertising is paid for
Events
Fundraisers
Building awareness
Promoting simple
behavior change
Print Ads
Usually offer different rates and sizes;
flexible
Local papers can reach a specific
community
Large papers can reach a large
number of people
Graphics can help brand your cause/
organization
Limited readership due to increasing use
of Internet
Generally high cost
Short shelf life
Events
Awareness and
recognition
Public education
Recruit volunteers or
website visitors
Printed
formats such
as newsletters
and brochures
Can reach a large audience
Can be more technical than other
formats
Can tailor messages for specific
audiences for different publications
Go beyond building awareness by
providing detailed information
Reach more educated audiences
Audience can clip, reread, and think
about the material
Might provide more credibility
Often low-cost (with unit prices
decreasing with quantity)
Good to use as a follow-up
mechanism
Printing and mailing are costly
Passive, not participatory
Only as good as the mailing list used or
websites, kiosks and help desks where
placed
Audience must have the interest to pick
them up and read them
Articles and interviews
Events (announcing and
summarizing)
Workshops
Scientific data
Requesting feedback
from public
Public education
Easily transferrable to
Web formats in most
cases
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Choosing the Right Format (cont)
Format
Videos
Events
Presentations
- workshops
- conferences
- group
meetings
Giveaways
Websites
Web 2.0
formats
E-mail
distribution
lists
Displays
- libraries
- malls
- fairs/events
Billboards
• Can discuss an issue in depth
• Allows control over the content
• Can be visually appealing
• Can air on cable TV stations
• Can air on a website
• Good for persuasion
• Can model positive behavior
• More personal
• Offer two-way communication
• Can be participatory
• Good for persuasion
• Can model positive behavior
• Personal
• Increase awareness
• Can be inexpensive
• Easy to produce
• May reach a large audience
• Inexpensive
• Easily maintained
• Offer up-to-date information
• Ability to include technical and other
information, with links to even more
resources
• Relatively inexpensive
• Allows for easy cross-media
marketing
• Growing in popularity across many
audiences
• Can reach a discrete audience
• Inexpensive
• Easily maintained
• Can reach a large audience
• Visually pleasing
• Reusable
• Useful for point-of-sale messages tied
to specific behaviors
• Newspapers offer different rates and
sizes
• Can reach a large and diverse
audience
• Good for targeting commuters, drivers
• Good for visual messages
• High costs
• Hard to do well
• Need a good distribution mechanism
• Might be difficult to reach entire
audience
• Could be expensive
• Potential low attendance
• May be dependent on the weather
• Require significant planning time
• Require publicity for success
• Can damage reputation if not done well
• Reach small audiences
• Can be too technical
• May be hard to get commitment to
attend; may need to offer incentives
• Person delivering the presentation can
make or break it
• Very short message
• Often not very persuasive
• Materials themselves might be
considered wasteful
• May not reach the right audience
• A challenge to market
• May be difficult to evaluate effectiveness
• Requires time and commitment to
maintain
• Requires staff with coding skills or
budget for contractor support
• Rapid changes in technology make it
challenging
• Requires tech saavy staff
• Currrently appeals primarily to younger
audiences
• May be spreading the message to an
already educated audience
• Long-term project
• Must be durable
• Can be specific to an event, which can
date the materials
• Very short message
• Drivers might not read billboards that
require high amounts of attention
• Generally high costs
• Workshops
• Public education
• Schools
• Awareness and
recognition
• One-on-one
communication
• Encouraging and
modeling behavior
change (motivating
action)
• Getting feedback from
attendees
• Awareness and
recognition
• Public education
• Awareness building
• Distribution at events
and workshops
• Incentives for
participation
• Behavior reminders
(prompts)
• Public education
• Returning visitors if
material is updated
regularly
• Building awareness
• Public education
• Events
• Piggybacking messages
• Ongoing projects or
complex campaigns
• Public education
• Awareness and
recognition
• Behavior prompts (e.g.,
recycle used oil display
at auto parts store)
• Awareness and
recognition
• Behavior reminders
(prompts)
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
broadcast provides a glimpse of how thin the thread of "significance"
can be. The news is filled with information on research studies, gov-
ernment activities, business developments, societal trends and fads,
sporting events, and other sometimes less-than-weighty concerns. The
involvement of a celebrity can provide a huge boost to your outreach
effort by generating significant media interest. When Backstreet Boys
singer Kevin Richardson created the Just Within Reach Foundation to
push for greater environmental responsibility in his native Kentucky,
media coverage of water quality and other issues skyrocketed. With a
little thought and planning, you should have no problem placing your
message in the news.
How do I "do" the news?
If you've considered what makes a message newsworthy, you'll have
no problems packaging your watershed outreach and educational
information for reporters. The simple recipe is to identify the nug-
get of your message that contains the news (the elements noted in
the previous section) and incorporate other information designed to
educate, engage, or motivate the audience. The news nugget (think
"headline") will determine the likelihood and type of coverage, so it's
important to think about how it can be presented best to achieve the
intended outreach objective without boring the audience. To educate
or motivate, it's necessary to attract and hold the attention of the
target group. Watershed issues can be vibrant, complex, engaging,
compelling, and incredibly interesting—much like the watersheds
themselves. Reflect this in your messages.
How can you do this? First, think like a reporter: What would be
interesting? It doesn't have to be earth-shattering. Consider the follow-
ing headlines, which summarize news nuggets around which you can
build an article or broadcast feature:
• Monitoring results show no gains in water quality
• Workshops improving sediment controls on building sites, group
says
• Neighbors take a break from lakeside mowing, watch wildflowers
bloom
• Health Department urging septic system inspections
• Mayor Smith to host stream restoration workshop at local restau-
rant.
You get the idea. You're doing a lot of interesting stuff. Make your
news appealing to reporters so they can make it interesting to the
target audience.
Keep in mind that our society is experiencing information overload, so
it's crucial that you get your information out in plain language, in eas-
ily digestible chunks, and in a form that will be used. Because of the
immediacy of the Internet, many reporters and writers no longer have
daily deadlines. Stories are often posted as soon as they're written.
Making contact with reporters in
person or by phone is probably
the most effective way to engage
them in what you're doing. Be
ready to answer many questions!
Get the
reporters in
your corner
In Utah, Kids Organized to Protect
Our Environment (KOPE) devel-
oped a personal rapport with
local TV news reporters to gain
coverage of their efforts to pre-
vent part of an urban stream from
being converted to a shopping
center parking lot. The report-
ers, who then became advocates
on a personal level, turned out
to cover city council meetings,
clean-up days, and community
festivals organized by the kids to
protect the stream. According to
Lynn Olsen, a parent volunteer for
KOPE, "The reporters would write
their stories in order to tell the
children's point of view."
Check out the Getting In
Step video.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Establishing a relationship with the media
After you've become oriented to the perspectives of the media and
have packaged your outreach information accordingly, you'll be
ready to discuss coverage with reporters or news editors. Establish-
ing a relationship with reporters and editorial staff is as important as
developing the news element of your message—perhaps even more
important. This point cannot be overemphasized. In fact, it's highly
recommended that you introduce yourself to the news staff and start
developing a relationship before you submit anything for coverage.
Establishing a dialogue with reporters on what you're trying to ac-
complish with your outreach program will help both of you deter-
mine how to meet each other's needs.
After the reporting staff knows who you are and what you're doing,
they might call and ask you to respond to questions on other water
quality news stories. If you don't have anything to offer on the spot,
ask them about their deadline and try to get an informed response to
them before the deadline. You're trying to establish and maintain a
positive, helpful relationship with the news staff so both of you can
better serve the public.
It's important to realize that reporters are usually working under the
pressure of a deadline and don't like runarounds. They become agi-
tated and suspicious if you are slow to release information, especially
if it's public information subject to the Freedom of Information Act.
Also, remember that very few reporters are trained in the sciences. It
will be your job to provide a rudimentary education on watershed sci-
ence—why things like suspended solids, dissolved oxygen, phospho-
rus, bacteria, and riparian cover are relevant.
Developing a relationship with reporters and helping them to under-
stand your issues will pay off in increased reporting, better media
relations, and fewer factual distortions. Providing reporters with ap-
propriate background information (no more than three or four pages
unless asked) and identifying interview subjects also helps. Be proac-
tive rather than reactive.
Levels of doing the news
At the most basic level, "doing the news" means providing a steady
stream of interesting, educational, informative material related to
a news nugget that appears in the first paragraph of the release. In
a watershed outreach program, releases should support objectives
identified in Step 1. They should be designed to educate, inform, en-
gage, or motivate members of the target audience or to build general
awareness, support, and interest. If an event is being planned, a news
advisory can be issued to tell the media where, when, and why it's
occurring and who will be there.
If there is significant interest on the part of the media and their audi-
ence, you might consider proposing more in-depth coverage. Feature
articles, interview programs, status/trends analyses, and news forums
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
all provide an opportunity for informing and educating the public
and policy makers on the sometimes complex array of issues and
answers related to water quality problems. Be forewarned: These
projects can involve a lot of research and a lot of work. Producing a
biweekly column on water monitoring trends for Ten Mile Lake, for
example, will entail a significant commitment to collect the data and
meet printing deadlines. But the opportunity to reach thousands of
people with this information might make such an endeavor worth-
while. To a large degree, people think primarily about what's in front
of them. Water quality issues are for the most part public policy is-
sues, and the more you can help the media explain these issues and
review what needs to be done, the better the ultimate solutions are
likely to be.
News coverage formats: News releases
News releases provide reporters with the basics they need to develop
a news story. They can be written in a news style so that they can
be used as is, although good reporters will likely prefer to rewrite
your story in their own words. News releases include the who, what,
when, where, why, and how of your story. In large cities TV stations
and newspapers receive many releases each day, so it's important to
hit the high points without going in too much detail. One- or two-
page news releases are standard. If a reporter chooses to expand your
news release into a longer story, he or she will contact you for more
information.
When reviewing news releases, reporters typically look for one pri-
mary element—a local connection. Releases that indicate reporters
should "insert name of county here" are often tossed immediately.
Mention a local person or the appropriate city, county, river, lake, or
stream in the first paragraph to generate maximum interest.
News releases are an efficient way to alert the public about a wide
variety of issues. Use them to announce public events, summarize
water monitoring information, discuss policy development issues,
provide perspectives on improving water quality, or encourage the
adoption of appropriate management practices. "Think Blue," San
Diego's stormwater pollution prevention outreach program, protects
local beaches with TV and radio PSAs, brochures, fact sheets, and
more. When the program won four Emmy awards for its TV PSA, it
announced the win in a news release (see box on page 68). Note the
mention of the local city, San Diego, in the first line of the release.
Check out the Getting In Step video.
Be sure to send the news release in a timely manner. Releases sent
too early might get lost on the reporter's desk, and releases sent too
late might not make it into the newspaper. If you'd like reporters
to attend a coming event, send releases five days in advance. Other
releases should be sent a few days before the newspaper's deadline.
Make a follow-up call to each reporter to confirm receipt of the re-
lease and respond to any questions.
Bringing the
media to you
Taking reporters out on monitoring
field trips in the summer might be
the most beneficial thing a public
agency or private organization
can do to further the education of
reporters—and, more importantly,
their audiences—on water quality
issues. The news business is typi-
cally slower in the summer, and
reporters often have time to spend
in the field. Taking them out to
collect macroinvertebrates,
monitor lake water quality,
conduct field surveys, sample
dissolved oxygen and pH, or count
bacteria colonies in the lab gives
you an opportunity to get to know
them on a more personal basis,
without the pressure of phone-
tag, deadlines, or hot issues.
Reporters are naturally inquisi-
tive people, but most know little
about terms such as designated
uses, use-based water quality
criteria, TMDLs, best management
practices, and the like. In the field,
you can explain the role of your
organization and provide a
summary education to reporters
on water quality issues of impor-
tance to your area. Later, when an
important or controversial related
issue arises, the reporters will have
a good idea of who you are and
what you're doing and will likely
call you to discuss the perspective
of your group before releasing a
story.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
66
How to write a news release
News releases are usually one page long, but they can be longer if the subject is important enough.
When writing a news release, start with the local connection and news nugget—the most impor-
tant element—first. Then present supporting information, putting the least important material at
the end. It's important to grab the reporter's attention in the first paragraph. Quotes from a spokes-
person can be included, although many newspapers might want to confirm direct quotes before
publication.
What makes the news? To increase the chances that your release will be used, keep in mind the
elements reporters look for in a news story. Your release doesn't need to have all the elements listed
below, but the more of them you include, the better your chances for coverage:
• Involve either local people, local issues or documented statistics of local importance
• Focus on attributes perceived to be unique or unusual
• Relate to significant issues or events
• Quote well-known or respected members of the community
• Affect (or potentially affect) many people throughout a region
• Involve controversial issues or strong emotions
• Include a celebrity figure
• Are timely.
Sending the news release to the media outlet
The news media are a target audience just like any other audience. Get to know the reporters that
cover the environmental beat ahead of time, and ask them how you should format your releases.
Many now prefer e-mail but want the text pasted into the body of the e-mail message rather than
included in attachments because of poten-
tial virus threats. Newspapers and TV news
programs often want relevant graphics such as
photos or graphs of water monitoring trends.
Ask reporters what type of format they prefer
and how material should be delivered.
Here are some tips for writing news releases:
• Keep sentences short.
• Avoid jargon.
• Write in the active voice.
• Keep paragraphs short.
• Ask for peer editing.
• Proofread, proofread, proofread!
News release nuts and bolts
• Include "For immediate release," the date,
and the name and phone number of the
contact person at the top.
• Use a catchy headline, touching on the
news nugget.
• Include short paragraphs telling who, what,
where, when, why, and how.
• Add "###" at the bottom center of the
page to indicate the end of the document.
• If the document has two pages, put
"more" at the bottom of the first page
rather than "###."
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
67
FOR
*
/
^^i^^S^r^^^*^^
^ HOIK Rill,-.. T T >-
I
"Hiis is a BJue; Water
=SS™
Part 2 Step 4: Package the Message
-------
fifi.
News coverage formats: Video news releases
A video news release (VNR) is the TV equivalent of a written press
release, and it is becoming an increasingly important piece of out-
reach campaigns. A VNR greatly increases your odds that TV news
programs will cover your story. As you would for a written news
release, you establish the story angle and control the content, but sta-
tions are free to embellish or otherwise change the story before they
decide to run it. And just like a news release, the media may reject
your story altogether. That's why it's important to ensure that your
message is newsworthy, well presented, and well produced.
A VNR is a pre-produced (pretaped, edited, and narrated) news item
for TV. It is typically one to three minutes long, often with an addition-
al three to six minutes of b-roll (raw footage). A VNR often includes
interviews with experts who provide effective sound bites that bring
out the core of your message, as well as supporting visuals. It usually
opens with a background slate (a text screen that contains summary
information such as the date, the name of your organization, the name
of the project, and contact information), which stays on the screen for
about five seconds. The VNR should be shot in a broadcast news style
with quick cuts, steady shots, offset interviews, and the like. Here are
some other tips for creating effective VNRs:
• Hire a professional production company to do the script-writing,
shooting, and editing, unless you have access to staff members or
partners who have such talents.
• Include a very brief, one-sentence summary of the story on the
opening slate as the "Suggested Anchor Lead," which a local news
anchor can read at the top of the story.
• Ask the experts interviewed for the VNR to look at the interviewer
slightly off-camera to the right or left, not directly into the camera.
• Encourage the press to call the key interviewers or other experts
directly to confirm the information they have received.
• Use graphics and animation to illustrate key points of technical or
complex stories.
• Ask the production company to present all the names and titles of
people interviewed in or speaking on the video (called "supers"
or "chyrons") on a slate at the start of the VNR rather than on the
tape during the VNR. This approach will allow a station to recre-
ate this information in its own type style. Be sure the sequence of
names on the slate matches the order of appearance in the VNR.
• Shoot, edit, and reproduce the VNR in a broadcast-quality format
such as Betacam, DVC-Pro, or Mini-DV Check with the station to
find out which format(s) it uses.
The VNR is an effective way to get press coverage of a particularly
newsworthy issue or event. With TV news budget cuts, there is an
escalating demand for more preproduced material. A well-produced
VNR can often receive excellent pickup from local news stations.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
69
The VNR is sent directly to local TV stations or can even be transmit-
ted via satellite feeds to regional or national audiences. For local or
regional campaigns, follow up by calling the stations on which you
would like to see your VNR aired. Many stations use VNRs because
VNRs save them time and effort they would otherwise spend produc-
ing stories from scratch. Though more costly than a press release, a
well-produced VNR can potentially propel your message into millions
of homes. Many companies can provide this service or assist you in
this effort.
The Minnesota Department of Natural Resources spends about
$80,000 annually to produce VNRs that reach more than 8 million
viewers each year (a cost of about one cent per person—an extremely
low delivery cost). Sample VNRs from Minnesota can be found at
www. dnr. state, mn. us/news/video_nr/index. html#2.
News coverage formats: Letters to the editor
A letter to the editor is a good way to raise awareness of issues,
concerns, or conditions that should be brought to the attention of the
public. Individual citizens and organizations often write letters to the
editor to clarify previously printed articles or to introduce a subject
that someone believes should be discussed. When sending a letter to
the editor, check out the newspaper's requirements. Most papers ask
that letters be 250 words or less and reserve the right to edit letters
before publishing them. Include your contact information in case the
paper would like to speak with you further. Many newspapers have a
page on their websites where you can submit your letter online.
Tips for writing a letter to the editor
• Be brief, clear, and to the point.
• Sign your name and note your affiliation.
• Talk about the issues; don't get personal or petty.
• Type your letter and limit it to the paper's length restriction (make it significantly
shorter if possible).
• One letter per month per person is the limit for most papers.
• Send your letter to a single paper; most papers require published letters to be
exclusives.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
News coverage formats: Query letters
A query letter is sent to the editorial staff to determine potential
interest in a story idea. Prior contact with the staff is recommended
before you submit a story or even write it. Give the editor a chance
to reject or redirect it before you expend any significant resources.
Usually the query is made through a letter, but e-mails can be sent
if the editor accepts them. Check each organization's website or call
and ask the news desk for its preferred format. The inquiry should
describe the general content of the proposed piece; state the title or
working title, if there is one; and address why the issue is relevant to
the community. The topic should be well researched, and the query
letter should be no longer than one page.
News coverage formats: News conferences
If you have some breaking information or an event that's too im-
portant for a news release, a news conference might be appropriate.
Don't call a news conference unless there's big news. Calling a con-
ference to cover routine issues or to generate publicity is like "crying
wolf" to the media and could hurt your turnout for more important
news conferences.
News conferences are important events that require thoughtful plan-
ning. A good moderator—one who can control the event without
stifling the reporters—is needed. Usually a news conference opens
with the distribution of a news release that explains the reason for
the conference and provides informative quotes from people involved
in the issue, background information, and contact information. The
moderator then makes a few welcoming/introductory remarks and
introduces other speakers or makes a statement (which is often
read). Remarks by all speakers should be carefully prepared. The
floor is then opened for questions, which usually can be anticipated
and prepared for beforehand. Spend a little time in the days or hours
before the news conference generating a list of likely questions so
you'll be able to respond confidently and accurately.
Make sure you invite all news outlets in the area to your confer-
ence, and send a news release immediately afterward to those who
didn't show up. News conferences can be held almost anywhere but
are usually indoors with plenty of seating provided. Backdrops and
other props are good elements for enhancing TV potential. Holding a
news conference at the edge of a polluted stream, in front of a storm
drain, or at another location that leaves a lasting impression will add
interest to your news; however, you should arrange for a contingency
location in case of bad weather. After the news conference (usually
a half-hour), invite reporters to accompany members of your group
on a prearranged tour, if appropriate, to provide additional insight on
the issue.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
i
Advertising
Advertising differs from news coverage in that you are in control of
what is aired or printed. Videos are increasingly becoming popular
formats to showcase projects or organizations. However, the most
common form of advertising is the public service advertisement
[PSA). A PSA is an effective way to use TV or radio airtime to raise
public awareness about an issue, inform the public about a coming
event, or recruit volunteers. A PSA can be written or presented in
audio or video format. Though PSAs cover less material than news
releases, they include the same "who, what, where, when, why, and
how."
Advertising formats: The radio PSA
Even in this TV-focused world, radio remains a strong media con-
tender because of its affordable production cost and creative possi-
bilities. Radio is everywhere and nearly everyone hears it sometime,
somewhere, every day. According to Arbitron, an international media
and marketing research firm, in 2009, radio reached 90 percent of
people over age 12 each week—which is a greater penetration than
TV, magazines, newspapers, or the Internet! People between the ages
of 45 and 64 listen more than anyone else. Of course, those same
universal qualities are what dilute its impact: It can become back-
ground noise. Your message must be repeated often to reach listen-
ers at various times. Targeting specific audiences—young people,
farmers, public radio listeners—is relatively easy to do in radio, given
the specialized formats in most markets. To saturate whole markets,
you'll need to distribute your message to many stations. Get right to
the central theme (the point you want to project) because you don't
have much time.
This media is evolving as the satellite, HD (Hi-Definition), and Inter-
net radio market segments grow and formats change with the times.
As people move to subscription-based radio and/or Internet radio,
the reach of traditional radio will likely diminish.
Getting the facts from the station. Radio stations play PSAs on free
or purchased airtime. Purchasing airtime will increase the frequency
at which your PSAs are played. Use the target audience demograph-
ics to help select the radio stations on which you want to broadcast
your PSAs. Request a rate kit from all the AM and FM radio stations
in your geographic area. The average rate kit should contain statisti-
cal profiles of the age, gender, and consumer buying patterns of the
station's audience; a breakdown of listener activity by time; descrip-
tions of network affiliates; sample advertising packages; and a rate
card. The rate card is a cost guideline only; in broadcasting, nearly
all prices are negotiable.
To pay or not to pay
Although you can sometimes have
your PSAs aired on TV at no cost
(free airtime), you will not neces-
sarily hit your target audience. By
purchasing airtime, you can ensure
that you'll reach your audience
and can often leverage additional
coverage.
The Northern Virginia Clean
Water Partners, a collaboration
of 16 counties, cities, towns, and
other organizations, aired radio
PSAs from 2005 to 2009 targeting
fertilizer use, pet waste disposal,
and used motor oil. They used an
already-developed ad from the
Texas Natural Resource Conserva-
tion Commission called "The Call"
to save on development costs
(available through EPA's Nonpoint
Source Outreach Tool-
box www.epa.gov/nps/
toolbox). They chose the
ad because their market
research determined that
the ad got positive responses from
their audience. The group aired the
ad about 1,000 times each year
of the campaign for an average
annual cost of about $162,000.
In addition to the paid air time,
the group leveraged more than
$500,000 over the five-year cam-
paign in free PSAs given by local
radio stations. The partners con-
tinue to air ads each year. Pre and
post surveys have indicated posi-
tive behavior changes after hearing
the ads.
To hear the ads in both English
and Spanish, visit www.onlyrain.
org (click on About Us). For more
information, contact Aileen
Winquist, Arlington County,
awinquist@arlingtonva. us,
(703)228-3610.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
You can learn more about radio
usage and statistics in various loca-
tions around the county from Arbi-
tron's Radio Today 2009 Edition at
www.arbitron.com/study/grt.asp.
The station's advertising sales representative will work with you to as-
semble a media schedule that fits your objectives and your pocketbook.
Remember the reach and frequency factors. When working with a small
budget, frequency is what matters most. That's because you might need
to run your ad several times a week to make your message sink in. If
you spend your advertising budget reaching many people just a few
times, your investment will be in vain. Instead of reaching 100 percent
of a broad audience once, target the key 10 percent and reach them 10
times. That's the best way to get quality results on a limited budget.
Radio stations typically do not guarantee the frequency or times for
playing PSAs during free airtime. Many people think that the Federal
Communications Commission requires radio and TV stations to allo-
cate a certain amount of time to public service. However, the National
Association of Broadcasters says that broadcasters are under no obli-
gation to grant time to any specific group. In recent years, the govern-
ment deregulated the industry to reduce the amount of paperwork
required for radio and TV stations, and it gave stations the ability to
set their own standards for PSA usage on both free and paid airtime.
Local radio stations often have feature programs but don't cover news
in depth. Public stations might devote more time to news, analytical,
or educational programs, but they might not reach the target audi-
ence. Although the extremely short nature of spot news coverage on
radio does not lend itself well to deep analysis and lengthy informa-
tion delivery, radio can play a valuable role in building awareness
and reinforcing other outreach efforts. To achieve even greater suc-
cess with a radio campaign, you might consider approaching the sta-
tion about becoming a project partner. For example, Shedd Aquarium
and the Alliance to Save Energy partnered with Illinois radio station
WDRV-FM to launch a "Get Green" campaign, providing listeners
with nearly 1,000 PSAs about small changes that collectively can
have a big impact on the earth. In Latham, New York, WGY-AM runs
a weekly Eco Radio Show that covers a wide range of topics.
What does it cost? If you plan to produce a recorded PSA, first deter-
mine how you will produce the message itself. Because radio is not a
visual medium, a radio PSA "must be even better and more creative
than TV, even though you will spend a lot more on TV production,"
notes Roger Vilsack, an award-winning producer with more than
25 years of experience. "Because you don't have visual images, you
have to create them with words and sound effects." Hire talented
persons comfortable with acting out their parts rather than simply
reading aloud. Vilsack recommends budgeting from $1,500 to $10,000
for the radio production, depending on the number of actors, music,
and sound effects. If you hire a director, writer, or actor, the cost
could increase an additional $2,500 to $5,000.
Asking a college or public radio station to help produce your radio
spots might pay off. College students are usually interested in water-
shed issues and are often looking for projects that can be listed on
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
-
How to write and format a radio PSA
6. Skip a few lines.
1. Use paper with your organization's
letterhead.
2. Type "Public Service Announcement" at the
top middle of the page.
3. Skip a few spaces.
4. Type the requested air date.
5. Insert the organization's contact name,
phone number, fax number, e-mail address,
and PSA length.
Example
7. Insert the PSA's title in bold letters.
8. Provide a brief description of the event/issue,
including the who, what, when, where, why,
and how.
9. Close with the name of your organization and
where to go for more information.
10. Close the document with "###" at the bot-
tom middle of the page.
PUBLIC SERVICE ANNOUNCEMENT
Requested Air Date: February 15, 2012
River Radio
Franklin Environmental Research Center
Jane Doe
Phone: (301) 555-5358
E-mail: jane.doe@franklin.org
PSA Length: 60 seconds
From the Blue Ridge to the Bay, It's Watershed...
(music)
and, with the hel „, aeria,
nutrient ,eve,s ,„ Lorrn
The work ,s very labor-intensive
Portion, ,he more we '
a
cannot be .raced back to one pan 1™ T""' ^ P°11Uti in bay tributaries
™ "^ 'T '" ^ «*"• rclate *«
' ' '° ^ C'°Se to strea™'
*« «« of the
' Emi—
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Going online?
According to the Census
Bureau's 2007 Population
Survey, 62 percent of American
households had Internet access at
home. With the increased house-
hold use of the Internet, many
outreach campaigns are increas-
ingly relying on placing PSAs
online. Leading market research
firms believe that before this
decade ends Americans will get
most of their information from
the Internet and other interactive
technologies.
The Ad Council reported that in
2007 donated media support
(e.g., free ad space) in the areas of
online media, blogging, and viral
marketing increased a whopping
255 percent over the previous year
as a result of up-front media com-
mitments, aggressive outreach,
and the development of alterna-
tive types of new media (such as
text messaging, streaming, and
rich media). Donated ad space
for such things as placing PSAs in
movie theaters, airplanes, eleva-
tors, and convenience stores have
increased by 176 percent from
2004 to 2007.
resumes for consideration by prospective employers. Your campaign
can help students develop experience and professional skills while
raising awareness and support for watershed issues.
Tools of the trade. Once you've determined how you will produce
the radio PSA, find out which format you need to use for submission.
The preferred format is CD-ROM. The production company will pro-
vide a music disc with the PSA track included for you to distribute. If
you produce multiple PSAs or one PSA in multiple languages, include
them all on the same CD-ROM to save time and money.
Remember to label your CD-ROM and its case with the PSA's title and
length, and your contact information. Some types of CD-ROM packag-
es are DiskPac (lightweight plastic case with a four-color printer cover
that is glued to the plastic shell), wallet style (wallet-sized pocket
folder printed on heavy-duty card stock), and script booklet style (an
SVz-inch by 11-inch folder that can include a script booklet, CD-ROM,
and evaluation reply card).
Script booklets can help radio stations learn more about your topic
and your organization. They can include the recorded PSA script,
additional live announcer scripts, and contact information. The Make-
A-Wish Foundation, for example, used a script booklet to provide ad-
ditional media information for the radio stations and a list of its local
office locations.
To minimize production costs, prepare and send in scripts for live ra-
dio. Typed and double-spaced copy is required for community calen-
dars and other public notice programs. Tying your release to a special
day or event (such as Earth Day) and updating it with different angles
later will make it more attractive. Take time to ensure that scripts are
written for the ear, and support your submissions with follow-up calls
or letters, or even promotional items such as posters. Remember that
airtime for PSAs is available for free, but sometimes the time slots are
late at night or very early in the morning. Avoid basing a significant
part of your outreach campaign on free radio PSAs unless you are
sure that this is the best way to reach the target audience. If possible,
purchase airtime for your PSA to expand its reach.
Find a good radio voice to deliver your message (if the radio an-
nouncer is not the reader). You'll know such a voice when you hear
it: It's full, rich, and resonant with good intonation and pronuncia-
tion. The pace must be comfortable and natural, not racing or lan-
guid. The voice embodies the message, so consider the relative merits
of a man's voice or a woman's, a young voice or one that's more
mature, the smooth professional sound or the homey conversational
tone. As always, consider the target audience. Pay similar attention to
other sounds that will be used because in radio the picture is painted
with sound. Sound effects and background music are now avail-
able on compact disc or the Internet. Make sure it's legal to use the
sounds or music you're considering. When in doubt, leave it out.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
Advertising formats: The TV PSA
According to the Nielsen Company's 2009 Three Screen Report,
Americans watch an average of five hours of TV a day, or two and
a half months of TV a year (including TV over the Internet and on
mobile phones). TV is picture-oriented and action-driven. TV news
is always about people. Therefore, TV stations search for stories that
have emotion, controversy, conflict, and great video and are engaging
and compelling. According to a 2002 survey of public affairs direc-
tors and others involved in PSA placement conducted by the Kaiser
Family Foundation, 75 percent of the affiliates tend to give priority
to PSAs that focus on local issues or come from local organizations.
In addition, many local stations reported that they more frequently
select PSAs that are focused on family, children, or teens; community
issues; and health issues.
TV PSAs are a very effective way to educate the public. The TV PSA
format varies from a short announcement on the local news to a
professional video resembling a commercial, depending on the orga-
nization's priorities and budget. TV stations put PSAs at the bottom
of the advertising ladder (paid commercials get first choice, followed
by station promotions). Look closely at PSAs currently on the air, and
develop your PSA in a similar manner. TV PSAs typically last 30 or 15
seconds or less, similar to the length of a commercial. Short PSAs are
more likely to be aired.
EPA's Nonpoint Source Outreach Toolbox (www.epa.gov/
nps/toolbox] contains more than 100 TV PSAs that you
can browse through and watch to get ideas for creating
"Squishy Feet" PSA uses humor
to encourage septic tank
maintenance
The National Environmental Services Center at
West Virginia University developed three PSAs that
explain that sound operation and management
practices keep septic systems operating effectively
and keep source water clean. One of the PSAs,
called "Squishy Feet," shows prospective home-
owners touring a new home with their realtor.
When touring the backyard, they quickly learn that
the sellers have not had their septic tank inspected
or pumped. To view all three PSAs, visit www.nesc.
wvu.edu/subpages/psa.cfm. The 30-second PSAs
are free for any organization to use online or on TV.
For more information, contact info@mail.nesc.wvu.
edu or call (800) 624-8301.
"Clean Paws" PSA wins People's
Choice Award
Many of the creeks in Alachua County, Florida,
are on the state's Impaired Waters List due to high
concentrations of fecal coliform bacteria from dog
waste and other sources. The Gainesville Clean
Water Partnership, of which the county is a mem-
ber, developed two humorous TV PSAs on proper
pet waste disposal. Their "Clean Paws" PSA was
deemed "Best Television PSA for Pet Waste" at
the Fifth National Conference on Nonpoint Source
and Stormwater Outreach in May 2009 during the
People's Choice Awards, www.alachuacounty.us/
government/depts/epd/waterquality/petwaste.aspx.
You can check out all the People's
Choice Award winners for ideas and
inspiration at www.epa.gov/nps/out-
reach2009/pca.html.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
A face is worth a
thousand words,
and a famous face...
When possible, use local or
national celebrities in your PSA.
Many organizations have used
celebrities or elected officials to
relay their messages. In 1999 the
Louisiana Department of Natural
Resources released broadcast PSAs
for the "Save Louisiana Wetlands"
campaign starring performers
Harry Connick, Jr., Aaron Neville,
Chef Paul Prudhomme, and Kermit
the Frog (www.lacoast.gov/media/
videos/in dex. htm).
your own, or contact the PSA owner/creator to use or modify their
PSA for your outreach campaign. Each product in the toolbox contains
information detailing whether the organization allows others to use or
modify their materials.
TV production can be expensive and requires experienced technicians
and costly camera equipment. For example, the organizers of "River
Smart," a national campaign from River Network, to encourage peo-
ple to make simple changes in their everyday activities to help protect
rivers, created three creative, professional TV PSAs at a total cost of
$30,000. (See EPA's Nonpoint Source Outreach Toolbox to view these
PSAs www.epa.gov/nps/toolbox.) With today's digital technology and
software capabilities, however, video production doesn't have to be
cost-prohibitive. If you know someone who's good at shooting video,
ask that person to volunteer to help. In addition, journalism students
at local colleges and universities might be willing to help out. Talk
to some professors about setting up a class project focused on your
effort. Also consider the use of local public access cable, a format
growing in popularity because organizations can broadcast mes-
sages without station oversight. Public access cable studios and their
technicians might provide an additional resource option for develop-
ing your PSA. In addition, many TV stations will air PSAs for free if
they are persuaded to be sufficiently interested in the issue. In fact,
50 percent of stations say they donate time to free announcements
and content that could have been sold to a paying advertiser.
If you're using TV PSAs, keep in mind that TV stations receive many
PSAs from a wide variety of organizations every day. To increase
the chances of having yours aired, keep your copy simple and to the
point, highlighting the essentials. You should approach stations about
six weeks before the PSA will run. Most stations accept videos on Be-
tacam. DVC-Pro, DV-Cam, and mini DV are digital tape formats that
are growing in popularity.
Maine DEP's
watershed TV
PSA
Script: Patsy, voice over, :30
Polluted runoff... A lot of it starts with you and me... From the things
we do every day.
all live in a watershed. A watershed is the land area like a
across wh,ch water flows downstream to our lakes, streams,
or oceans.
Because we all live downstream, everything we do, from fertilizing
ouMawns to spilling motor oil, contributes to water pollution.
Call today for tips on protecting our lakes, streams, and coastal
waters... because clean water starts with you.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
Environmental PSAs might feature various landscapes or citizens in
action as a background with a narrator emphasizing the highlights.
Organizers of Maine's "Nonpoint Source Awareness Campaign," a
collaborative effort between the Maine Department of Environmental
Protection and the State Planning Office, developed a 30-minute TV
show and seven PSAs. The PSAs showed various scenes, including
a dripping pipe, a fly-over view of a meandering stream, water
flowing over rocks, and their logo and contact information. Maine
PBS journalist Patsy Wiggins provided the narration. Visit the cam-
paign's website for more information: www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/
doceducation/nps/npscampaign.htm.
Advertising formats: Online ads and other media
In addition to traditional radio and TV advertising, online advertis-
ing is increasingly being used by localities and organizations to get
their watershed outreach messages in the public's eye. There are
many different types of online advertising, and each type has its pros
and cons. Brief descriptions of the main types of Web advertising are
provided below.
Banner ads
A banner ad is an image (usually 468 pixels wide by 60 pixels high]
created with the information pertinent to the ad and linked to the ad-
vertiser or organization's website. A banner ad is usually placed hori-
zontally at the top of a Web page and is visibly different from the rest
of the content on the page. It serves as a sort of electronic billboard.
Floating ads
Floating ads hover over the content of the website and are not af-
fected by scrolling up or down.
Pop-up and pop-under ads
Pop-up ads appear in a new window in front of a page that a user
has clicked on to view. A pop-under ad appears behind the page that
the user is viewing so that it is not viewed until the user minimizes
or closes the page he or she is viewing.
Rich media ads
Rich media ads use advanced technology to create a more visible,
eye-catching display. Media types can include streaming video, cod-
ing that allows the ad to interact instantly with the user, and ads that
change when a mouse passes over them. You might have seen one
of the rich media ads for tooth whiteners that show you how the
product whitens teeth when you move your cursor over the picture
of the teeth.
Text ads
Text ads are simple, hyperlinked text that sometimes includes a short
description of the site content below the ad.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Storm water polluted with fertilizers and grass clippings
reduces ox
Click here for more facts and tips on preventing storm water pollution
Banner ad from City of Dallas, Stormwater Management Department
Where to place your ad
The best Web sites on which to place your online ads on are the sites
that are frequented by members of your target audience. For example,
if your message centers around reducing fertilizer use, you might con-
tact hardware stores or garden centers about posting your watershed
ad on their websites. Many organizations have standard advertising
rate packages and can send you information about how to place and
pay for ads. websites for newspapers, radio stations, TV stations, and
other news outlets are also good mechanisms for distributing your ads.
The City of Dallas's Stormwater Management Department paid ap-
proximately $1,800 to $2,200 per month per website to have banner
ads (like the one shown above) posted on the websites of several local
news stations for a six-month period as part of its "Where Does It Go"
campaign. The banners rotated to provide information on the harm-
ful effects of pet waste, used oil, grass clippings and fertilizers, and
pesticides and herbicides. The original banners were created using a
media consultant. The second and third generations of banners were
created by one of the city's in-house graphic artists. The total cost,
including production of the banner ads and their run times, came to
approximately $10,500. The campaign delivered more than 1 million
impressions with nearly 1,700 click-throughs. Using these numbers,
the city calculated a click-through rate of 14 percent, which according
to the city, is higher than the national average of 10 percent.
Pay structure for online ads
There are several different ways to pay for online advertisements.
Cost per impression means that the advertiser pays a set fee every
time the ad is viewed a set number of times. An example is paying
$100 for every thousand times the ad is viewed on the Web. Not all
views are necessarily counted in the total (e.g., reloads of the page).
Cost per click or pay per click involves ads where the advertiser
pays each time a user clicks on the ad. The posting of the ad is free;
payment is required only when the ad is accessed by a website visi-
tor. Cost per action is a method where the advertiser pays for every
instance of a user completing the "action" of the ad. This can mean
signing up for a mailing list associated with the ad or the website,
ordering a product from the site in the ad, or entering information
into a form. A cost per visitor method, which is also called cost per
view in the case of pop-ups and pop-unders, is a method where the
advertiser pays each time a user is directed to the advertiser's site
through the ad.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
i
Videos
Videos can be produced to visually showcase your project or issue.
To generate interest in a cause, it's often better to show people what
the problems and solutions are than to expect people to read about
them. People are, by nature, picture-driven. That said, producing a
video is very resource-intensive, in terms of both time and money.
Getting it right takes a lot of experience. Think back on some of the
home videos you've watched.
The cost of producing a video can vary widely depending on a
variety of factors such as script writing, use of hired talent, produc-
tion facilities, and location. If you're interested in producing a video,
check first with your local public cable access station. You might be
able to get the production time and equipment use for free. The cable
access station that helps produce your video will typically require
you to air it on that station, but that's just free distribution for you.
The Annis Water Resources Institute of Grand Valley State University
in west Michigan produced a video on its Bear Creek water quality
project to share lessons learned with other interested watershed or-
ganizations. The cost of producing the 28-minute video was roughly
$3,500. The Institute paid for a script writer, two actors, and the ma-
terials. They received many hours of free labor, and this cost did not
include staff time. The Institute also had experienced videographers
on staff. ^) Check out the Getting In Step video.
Without donated labor or resources, expect to pay $1,000 to $3,000
per minute of finished video. Thus, a 10-minute video could cost
from $10,000 to $30,000.
Keep in mind that cable access stations are different from public TV
stations. Public TV stations have specific requirements for the length
of the video and quality of the tape. It must be broadcast quality.
Production costs are also higher because public TV stations rent out
their facilities and equipment.
Print materials
By far the most popular format for outreach campaigns is print.
Printed materials include items like fact sheets, brochures, flyers,
booklets, posters, bus placards, billboards, and doorknob hangers.
The list goes on. These materials can be created easily and the target
audience can refer to them again and again. When preparing printed
material, be aware of how the target audience will use the informa-
tion. If it is to be faxed or photocopied, you'll want to use a standard
paper size and limit any artwork to line drawings. Dark-colored back-
grounds can seriously limit photocopying. Keep in mind that your
message will compete with a lot of other printed material. Costs for
high-quality color materials can be considerable, and the information
can become dated quickly. Don't forget these issues during the plan-
ning phase. Check back to pages 61 and 62 to review the pros and
cons of various formats.
Calendars
Calendars are a terrific
outreach tool. They can be
colorful, the messages on each
page stay in front of the audi-
ence for a month at a time, and
everyone uses them. Some groups
custom-tailor their calendars and
turn them into activity logs. People
can keep track of seasonal yard
care activities, backyard habitat
creation opportunities, wildlife
sitings, and the like. You must plan
carefully for distribution to hit the
market around November when
people are shopping for next
year's calendar.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
8O
\
Other print format
options
• Newspaper insert
• Water bill insert
• Discount card or coupon
• Children's coloring book
• Restaurant placemats
• Curriculum
• Maps
Complex messages are better
understood in print format.
Design and production
When designing the layout of your brochure, flyer, or how-to guide,
use restraint, consistency, and quality materials. Restraint should
be used in choosing fonts; the kinds of graphics or artwork selected
should be consistent; and quality materials should be used for photo-
graphs and artwork. Invite readers into your material with appealing,
user-friendly layouts.
White space
White space is the space on the page that is left blank. It should be
treated as a graphic element and used liberally because it is very
effective at drawing attention. Remember Nike's "Just Do It" ad cam-
paign—lots of white space, with the Nike logo and that short, simple
phrase? People all over the world instantly know the brand name and
its products.
To create white space immediately, try expanding the margins on
your brochure or flyer. Make your headline wrap onto several lines so
white space is created on the right side of the page. Don't full-justify
your text. A ragged-right text edge creates more white space at the
end of each line. It also makes text easier to read because your brain
remembers the last word in the ragged line above the one you're
reading.
Fonts
Design your materials so the layout draws the eye into and around
the entire work. Select fonts for readability. Provide variety, but
don't go overboard. A good font calls attention to the message, not
to itself. Choose no more than two or three different fonts for your
piece. DON'T USE ALL CAPS BECAUSE IT'S TOO HARD TO READ
THE TEXT AND IT PUTS OFF READERS, WHO FEEL AS IF THEY'RE
BEING SHOUTED AT. Sans serif fonts (fonts that don't have "feet" on
the letters) are a good choice for headlines and subheads. Arial and
Helvetica are popular sans serif fonts. Serif fonts like Times Roman
should be used for large blocks of text because your eye can read the
words more easily. (This guide uses Frutiger font for the headers and
ITC Slimbach for the text; they are similar to Arial and Times Roman,
respectively.) Hundreds of fonts are available, but resist the urge to
use them all in one publication. Experiment with fonts to get the look
you want.
Layout of text
Always remember that the ultimate purpose of your materials is to
communicate, so make your text readable. Don't organize text into a
clever shape (like a circle or a Christmas tree) if it will be difficult to
read. Be careful about using graphic images behind the text (water-
marks) because they can make the text nearly unreadable if not done
skillfully. A general rule of thumb is that the narrower the column
of text, the smaller the font size. For example, on 81A- by 11-inch
paper, if the text is 6 inches wide, the font size should be 12 point. If
you choose a two-column format, the font size may be decreased to
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
10 point, depending on the font. Most desktop publishing software
packages include templates for various publication layouts.
Making your text come alive
Make the text interesting to your readers. Keep the length to a mini-
mum and use the active voice. You can use various formats to make
your text more engaging. Consider telling a story or leading off with
a letter from a concerned citizen. Always try to include a local angle,
and keep your message simple.
Hooks
Hooks are devices that can be used to reinforce information in the
text or to grab the reader initially. Your headline can be a significant
hook to engage the reader. Headers in the form of a question are
always engaging. For example, a booklet on groundwater contamina-
tion could lead off with "Is someone contaminating your drinking
water?" Consider including a light-hearted quiz at the end of your
text to test the reader's knowledge. Using games, humor, or contests
can also encourage the reader to read all the material.
Logos
A logo is a visually distinctive treatment of your campaign or organi-
zation. It is the distilled, visual essence of who your organization is or
what your campaign is trying to do. Think of your logo as your group
or campaign's graphic signature. Plan for it to appear on all of your
materials, including letterhead, business cards, brochures, newslet-
ters, and meeting announcements. However, don't try to convey the
objectives of your whole program in one logo. Instead, create a tag
line or slogan to accompany your logo to make your message clearer.
The key to a good logo is simplicity—clean, uncluttered lines and
shapes. Ideally, people will recognize your materials from the logo
alone. Silhouettes of objects often work well as logos. You might be
able to start with a stock image or artwork, which will reduce your
logo design costs. Creating custom artwork from scratch will increase
the cost of your logo design substantially. Keep in mind that a logo
must look good no matter how large or small it appears. You might
be using it on large posters as well as business cards. Choose an
(Keeping costs down
The cost of printing outreach materi-
als varies depending on several fac-
tors, such as number of colors used,
size and type of paper, and number
to be printed. To keep costs down,
try the following:
• Always get three quotes for a
printing job. You'll often be sur-
prised at the price differences. Be
sure you're comparing "apples to
apples."
Allow plenty of time for produc-
tion so you won't have to pay a
rush charge.
Check for "free color" days.
Some printers print certain colors
on certain days with no extra
setup charges. Be sure to ask first.
Ask for cheaper paper options.
Sometimes printers have an over-
stock of certain kinds of paper
because of job cancellations, prior
sale purchases, and so forth.
Think big. When deciding how
many materials you want to
print, remember your long-term
needs. Printing charges per item
diminish considerably after the
first 1,000.
Logos from Cumberland County Soil and Water Conservation District's (Maine) Yard Scaping program
(www.yardscaping. org)
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Tips for using
clip art and
photographs
Keep all clip art files in a central
folder so you can locate them
easily.
Leave white space around the
artwork; avoid crowding text.
Be sure to obtain permission
from clip art website owners if
required.
Select graphics that print well in
both black-and-white and color.
Consider using a digital camera
for ease of enhancing the image
later and for use in electronic lay-
outs, preferred by most printers.
(Remember to use the highest-
resolution setting on the camera
to ensure print-quality photos.)
Keep the sun at your back to
bring out the most color and
detail.
Look for backgrounds that sug-
gest movement.
Dawn and dusk create soft, rosy,
interesting light effects.
Midday lighting produces flat,
shadowless images.
Take lots of pictures and screen
them later.
People are interested in people,
so use human subjects frequently.
Shoot people up close to avoid
tiny, unrecognizable faces.
Children and animals are almost
always good subjects for photos.
image that's aesthetically pleasing—something you'll be proud to be
identified with and glad to see again and again.
Using artwork and photos
Graphics—photos, logos, artwork, or even well-designed subheads-
are great for breaking up long, gray blocks of text, giving readers a
visual break. Images of lakes, streams, rivers, wetlands, and other
watershed features are naturals for dressing up your message format.
The emotional appeal they elicit can be tremendous. This section
presents ideas for incorporating artwork and photos into your water-
shed message material and presentations.
Incorporating clip art. Clip art refers to drawings or other graphics
used in outreach materials. Before clip art made the leap to comput-
ers, it was clipped from a booklet for use. Now you can use electronic
images to suit your needs. You've most likely seen many examples in
newspaper ads, in brochures, and even on websites. Clip art is pro-
duced specifically for the purpose of repeated use. It's easily acces-
sible and typically not copyrighted.
The quickest place to find clip art is on your computer. Most word
processing and Web development programs already supply many free
graphics for your use. If those aren't appropriate, go online, where
you'll find hundreds of free or pay-by-image clip art sites.
When you find an online image that meets your needs, simply right-
click on the image and click on "save as." Once you've saved the
graphic, insert the art into your document by clicking on "insert,"
"graphics," "from file." At all sites, be sure to read and follow the
rights of use. Some sites require citations or references to their sites
in return for using their graphics. If you're uncertain about the terms
for use of a particular graphic or you can't agree with the terms, you
should not use the graphic.
Using photos effectively. Using photographs can reinforce your
message dramatically, but it's better not to use a photograph at all if
it's of poor quality. Taking effective photographs takes practice and
patience. Photos of people, especially children, appeal to many audi-
ences. Show action, such as water quality sampling, tree planting, or
festival events, in your photographs. If you borrow photographs, the
photographer might require a photo credit.
If you don't have access to a good photographer, consider using stock
photos. Sources like iStockPhoto (www.istockphoto.com) or Shutter-
Stock (www.shutterstock.com) sell high-resolution, royalty-free photos
online. You can browse their huge selections of photos and find exact-
ly what you need. As of this printing, at ShutterStock you can down-
load five images for $49 or you can purchase a monthly subscription
for $249 and download up to 750 photos. Make sure the resolution of
your photos is appropriate for the format used. Print-quality digital
files need high-resolution images to avoid a "pixelated" look. Lower
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
83
Free online photo galleries
You don't have to pay a fortune to find that special photo you need. The following websites provide free,
copyright-free photos that are in the public domain. Keep in mind that although they are copyright-free,
many request that you provide proper credit. Refer to each website to see how the organization prefers to be
credited.
Agricultural Research Service Image Gallery
www. ars. usda.gov/is/graphics/photos
High-quality digital photographs of animals, crops, field research, insects, and other categories.
NRCS Photo Gallery
http://photogallery.nrcs.usda.gov
Natural resource and conservation photos from across the country.
Fish and Wildlife Service Digital Media Library
www. fws.gov/digitalmedia
A wide assortment of images as well as video and audio clips on birds, plants, animals, habitats,
environmental science, education/outreach, and many other topics.
Great Lakes National Program Office Image Collection
www. epa.gov/glnpo/image
Images that capture the beauty of the Great Lakes and their surroundings.
EPA's Great Lakes Ecopage Photo Gallery
www.epa.gov/ecopage/photo/wetlands
Photos of wetlands, beaches, and rivers.
NOAA Photo Library
www.photaHb.rtQaa.gov
Photos of the work, observations, and studies carried on by National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) personnel, including coral and fisheries studies, sailing, weather, and coastlines.
Bureau of Land Management Photo Library
www. blm.gov/wo/st/en/bpd. h tml
National and state photos on a variety of land management topics.
Missouri Natural Resources Conservation Service Photo Gallery
www.mo.nrcs.usda.gov/news/MOphotogalleryindex.html
Natural resource and conservation photos from across Missouri.
U.S. National Arboretum Photo Gallery
www. usna. usda.gov/PhotoGallery
Digital images of plants and flowers, including notable plants in the arboretum's garden collections as well
plants that have been introduced from its research programs.
National Park Service Digital Image Archive
http://photo. itc. nps.gov/storage/images
Links to public domain digital images, including national parks, monuments, historic sites, and related areas.
North American Benthological Society Media Gallery
www. benthos. org/Education-and-Outreach/Media-Galleries. aspx
A collection of digital photographs and drawings of various invertebrates, algae, and other aquatic
organisms.
USGS Southeast Ecological Science Center Photo Gallery
http://fl.biology.usgs.gov/Center_Publications/lmage_Archive/image_archive.html
Contains several images including flora and fauna, coral reefs, the Everglades, herpetology, and
manatees.
Part 2 Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Prompts should be:
• Noticeable
• Self-explanatory (use graph-
ics or words to show or tell
what should be done)
• Placed as close as possible to
the desired behavior
resolution might be acceptable for Web-based formats. One good
source of online photos is www.flickr.com. Flickr is a photo sharing
site that houses millions of photos, including many that are Creative
Commons-licensed, which allows you to use photos for non-commer-
cial purposes with proper attribution. The box on page 84 lists some
other good sources of online photos. Read more about using Flickr as
an outreach distribution method in Step 5 (page 110).
If you use a digital camera, you have an opportunity to take photos
of exactly what you need. Use the highest resolution possible, and
save the photos as ".tif" (rather than ".jpg") images. This setting
ensures the best reproduction and editing capabilities. The higher
resolution will help you easily fine-tune and edit each photo's shape
and color and allow you to display the image in various sizes.
Prompts
We all know how important it is to takes steps toward living in a
more environmentally friendly way. Unfortunately, however, there are
times when we might have the best of intentions but simply forget to
act or forget what we're supposed to do. That's where prompts come
into play. Prompts help to promote sustainable behavioral change. A
prompt is a visual or auditory reminder to perform an activity that
they might otherwise forget. These behavior reminders can be effec-
tive for encouraging one-time and repetitive behaviors that promote
sustainability. One-time behaviors include actions (such as purchas-
ing a low-flow toilet) that result in ongoing environmental protection.
Repetitive behaviors include actions such as using recycling bins at
home, reading the labels of hazardous products, and picking up after
pets. Pet waste bag dispensers and trash cans at dog parks are good
behavior prompts, as are storm drain stencils and markers. Prompts
can be signs, stickers, labels, displays, promotional products such
as key chains, alarms, announcements, or any other kind of clue to
remind people of the behavior in which you want them to engage.
To be effective, prompts should be easily noticeable, self-explanatory,
and placed close to where the desired behavior would be carried out,
which is called the "point-of-sale." You want the target audience to
see the prompt right before they have to make a decision between,
for example, hosing dirt off the driveway or sweeping it up. Com-
mercial marketers use prompts virtually everywhere—grocery store
shelves (known as shelf talkers or wobblers), oil change reminder
stickers on windshields, and smoke detectors with battery replace-
ment reminder buzzers. Health-focused organizations also know the
power of prompts. Shower hangers that remind women to do month-
ly breast self-exams are great prompts that help women remember to
check themselves for abnormalities. Placing prompts in calendars is
a another way to reach your audience if you are focusing on time- or
date-sensitive behaviors (e.g., get a soil test at the beginning of Octo-
ber, check your car for oil leaks once a month).
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
Be careful not to confuse slogans with prompts. Prompts target a spe-
cific behavior change or reinforce an action. Slogans are short atten-
tion-getting phrases that might or might not be focused on a particular
behavior. For example, "Think Globally, Act Locally" is a slogan but
not a prompt because it doesn't tell you specifically what action to
take. Some slogans can be used as prompts depending on how they
are worded and how they are used (i.e., what they appear on).
Brochures
Brochures are an effective way to present and explain your watershed
message. Unlike many other communication vehicles, brochures
can be distributed in many places. Racks can be set up at libraries,
marinas, and fairs. You can pass out brochures at meetings. You can
even organize a direct mail campaign. Think through the purpose of
your brochure and its intended audience before you begin. You might
use the brochure as a way to solicit interest and involvement, or to
promote watershed education and positive behaviors. Its purpose will
significantly influence its appearance and content.
Flyers
Flyers can be extremely effective if they're engaging, concise, and
memorable. They're often used to impart brief, important messages
or implore people to take simple actions. Explore your options regard-
ing paper and ink colors, fonts, and type sizes. Keep the text brief,
the letters fairly large, and the design attractive. If your production
involves manual cut-and-paste, incorporate artwork or pictures by
photocopying or by attaching them with spray glue or double-sided
Tips for better posters
• Focus on the objective, target audience, and message.
• Sponsor a photo or design contest to obtain original
artwork.
• Use a catchy slogan or theme.
• Choose graphic elements that immediately convey
the message.
• Make sure the desired size is economical and
shipping tube-friendly.
• Use large, bold graphics to command attention.
• Use a standard size so it's easy to obtain a frame for
the poster.
• Think about how the viewer's eye will
flow across the poster and take in the
message.
• Consider balance, contrast, and other
aspects of good design.
Tips for better
brochures
Use an audience-
targeted layout with
graphics and con-
sider using colored or textured
paper.
Explore various sizes and folds,
taking care to fit the layout to
the fold.
Collect and review samples to
get an idea of what you like
and don't like.
Produce enough extras on the
first run to handle additional
demand.
Using colored ink can result in
interesting combinations.
Leave plenty of white space;
don't crowd the content.
Include variety in design, but
watch out for an overly busy
appearance.
Use subheadings to break up
massive blocks of text.
Use bullets for quick and easy
reading.
Ask several people to edit,
critique, and proofread.
Avoid acronyms and technical
jargon; for instance, call non-
point source pollution "polluted
runoff."
Don't forget to include an
address and contact number for
more information.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
gg
Tips for better
displays
• Make sure you can read
the text from a comfort-
able distance.
• Interactive displays are ideal;
doing is always better than just
seeing or reading.
• Interest kids with something fun,
and their parents will follow.
• Refrain from using long,
exhaustive wording
• Be creative with design and
layout, and do things on a big
scale.
• Use fabric and materials to make
the display three-dimensional.
tape. Don't forget to consider the target audience in the design, com-
position, and distribution.
Posters
Posters, displayed for months or even years, can be an excellent op-
tion for message delivery. Text, photos, slogans—even graphs-
can be presented effectively on posters. Mostly, however, posters are
used to build awareness, provide inspiration, or deliver a message to
change a simple behavior. Most posters are produced in full color;
however, even less expensive black-and-white or one- or two-color
posters can be compelling if designed well. Be aware: Production and
distribution costs can be considerable. Mailing tubes and postage can
cost even more than the poster itself. Folding and mailing in large
envelopes causes creases that detract from appearance, but this does
not necessarily mean abandoning the approach. Posters might pay for
themselves through sales, but only if the design and production are
exceptional and prove to be popular.
Displays
When composing any large-format display, treat the entire display
space as if it were a page layout, a photograph, or a painting. The
same basic elements of composition that govern good design and
flow apply. You might consider producing an informative companion
piece, such as an illustrated fact sheet or simple brochure, to accom-
pany the display.
Watershed project displays at conferences, seminars, or outdoor
events provide an excellent venue for sharing information, educating
and involving citizens, promoting helpful actions, creating linkages,
and building general awareness. You need to compose a display so
it's as aesthetically appealing as a well-designed page. Use an engag-
ing, flowing design that attracts attention, invites the viewer in, and
leads the eye throughout. For example, if your display highlights your
volunteer monitoring program, use a dipnet as the backdrop and
include various sampling instruments in the display. Experiment with
different fabrics to drape over the backdrop of your display to add
texture. Whenever possible, show your program instead of telling it.
Avoid the common pitfall of pasting up dozens of 8- by 10-inch photo-
graphs with tiny captions. Try blowing up a significant photograph to
poster size and then carefully consider whether or not to use addition-
al photographs to support the primary theme. Produce and distribute
brochures or flyers to convey the details of your project. Again, focus
on the objective—why you're at the event, what message you hope to
deliver to which audience, and what you want to accomplish.
Billboards
Billboards, like posters, can effectively present an outreach message
or raise awareness if they are well designed and attractive. Remember
to link the billboard location to the target audience. For example, if
your message is targeting boaters in coastal areas, your billboard lo-
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
87
Billboards in action
The Pima Association of Governments' annual
stormwater campaign called "Clean water starts
with me" includes TV commercials, billboards,
bus ads, posters, and a brochure. The Association
ran 15 billboards in Tucson from July to August
2009 to promote stormwater pollution preven-
tion during the monsoon season. The cost for the
subsidized billboards was $1,500, including space
and printing costs. Surveys indicate that of all the outreach materials in the campaign, the billboards
had the greatest success and visibility. For more information, visit PAGstorm.com.
cation should be within a few miles of the coast. Outdoor advertising
venues can expose tens of thousands of people to your message, but
be sensitive to the fact that some people find billboards
objectionable, especially on scenic rural roads. Billboards offer a
chance to present highly compelling, noncommercial messages that
can be engaging, artistic, and memorable. Other positive aspects of
using a billboard include high reach (number of people), immediacy,
and high frequency (number of times seen). A downside is that you
can convey only a short message to a relatively nonspecified audi-
ence. In addition, it's difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of the
message. Costs can also be considerable and are based on how many
you buy, how long they are up, and where they are located. If you're
considering using billboards, keep in mind that they are most effec-
tive at generating awareness or prompting people to take a simple
action.
Presentations
If you've spent any time at conferences and meetings, chances are
you've seen lots of electronic slide shows. Presenting a 60-slide
PowerPoint presentation is not inherently the best way to convey in-
formation or pitch an idea in a live group setting. In fact, sometimes
PowerPoint is not the right fit for your audience or topic. Consider
different presentation formats such as using a short video combined
with talking without slides, doing group exercises to get your point
across, or including a skit in your presentation. Be creative and come
up with unique and interesting ways to get your information to the
audience without inducing a PowerPoint stupor.
Other things to consider before you start developing your presenta-
tion include researching the affiliations of those who will be in atten-
dance and making sure that you are extremely familiar with the topic
you're covering. Ask organizers for a copy of the pre-registration list
for the meeting so you can look at the organization names and titles
for each attendee to get a better feel for what kinds of questions they
might ask, what aspect of the issue they are most likely to be
Tips for better
billboards
• Change the message
every 60 days, or it
will blend into the
background.
• Investigate display opportunities
before designing or producing
the ad.
• Obtain at least three production/
printing/display estimates.
• Approach local businesses to
request free display for public
service ads.
• Design a strong, simple ad that
can be understood quickly at a
distance.
• Minimize the text and let the
visuals make your point as much
as possible.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
fifi.
interested in, where they are from, and their likely level of knowledge
on the issue. This information can help you tailor the best presenta-
tion for your audience. Be sure to do your homework on all the is-
sues, facts, and figures concerning your presentation so you are seen
as a credible, knowledgeable presenter. And finally, if you are giving
a presentation in an unfamiliar location, such as a school auditorium
or community center, consider visiting the site before the meeting
day so that you know how the room will be set up, how close to the
audience you will be, whether you will need a microphone, whether
you'll be able to walk around during your talk, and so forth. Knowing
what the meeting room looks like and where you will be standing can
do wonders to boost your confidence and message delivery.
If PowerPoint is the route you choose for your presentation, under-
stand that it takes planning and practice to present your story in a
way that creates a coherent and aesthetically pleasing visual journey.
Go through the presentation several times out loud. Get comfortable
with it, but don't memorize it. Avoid saying "ah" or "um." Practice
using pauses instead.
Gear the content and style of your presentation to the audience. Once
you have a stock of photos and slides to choose from, it's simple to
go back in and add, switch, or delete slides as appropriate. Avoid
reading text slides during a presentation. Use the time to talk about
the subject matter in the text. Focus your slide configuration and
vocal presentation on telling a story based on your knowledge,
PowerPoint pointers
PowerPoint is the preferred medium for slide presentations. Avoid these pitfalls:
Color choices. In general, if you are showing
your slides in a very dark room, a dark back-
ground like black or royal blue with light text is
best. If the room has some ambient light, a light
background with black text is best.
Color scheme. PowerPoint has a variety of tem-
plates and color schemes that help to make a
unified presentation. Don't introduce more than
three colors, and keep the background color the
same throughout.
Sound effects. Attaching sound effects to your
text as it flies onto the screen can be amusing
for the first few slides, but it will grow annoy-
ing. Use sound effects sparingly to emphasize
key points.
Keep it moving. Introduce your text in groups, or
the whole slide at once, instead of line by line.
Monotony busters. Break up the text slides
with full-color photographs or cartoons to
avoid the appearance of the same slide being
repeated.
Animation. Introduce some movement to your
slides through arrows appearing to highlight
a key bullet or graphics "dissolving" on the
screen.
Text movement. If your text flies onto the
screen from the left, keep it consistent to
avoid making the audience queasy.
Bells and whistles. Keep the
special effects to a minimum
so your listeners will be more
interested in the content of your
presentation.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
experience, insight, and perspective. It's a good idea to create an
outline to make sure that your presentation has a central focus and
a beginning, middle, and end. Self-directed humor is often effective
if used sparingly. Make handouts of the slides so the audience has
something to refer to and can take notes.
Use only visually pleasing, in-focus photos and graphics. Avoid
slides that require introductory apologies ("I know this is hard to
see, but ..."). Flow charts are notoriously indecipherable from a
distance. Break down the chart items to several slides, or summarize
the process being depicted in a larger format. Monitoring data charts
can look busy or crowded unless carefully thought out in advance.
Often, slides of water quality data are more meaningful and powerful
if the data are summarized or distilled to an essential point. Keep in
mind that the audience has only about 30 seconds per slide to digest
the information. Always make sure text slides are readable, even from
the back of the room. Don't be afraid to explore different choices of
background themes and color schemes, but once you determine your
choice, maintain it consistently throughout the presentation. Using
default color schemes in presentation software will ensure appropriate
contrast between background colors and text colors to help prevent
the design from interfering with the message. Finally, consider using
a rapid-fire photo montage at some point in the program: Present a
succession of photos with little or no commentary, reinforcing your
message with visual images that create a memorable impression.
Events
An event can be the most energizing format for distributing mes-
sages targeted at awareness, education, or direct action. An event is
an opportunity to present your message and also help to meet other
goals and objectives in your watershed planning effort. A commu-
nity event plays into audience members' desires to belong to a group
and have shared goals and visions for the community. They can also
help to create new social norms that become incentives for others to
take part in the behaviors you're promoting. In urban areas, where
knowing your neighbors and other members of your community is
the exception rather than the rule, community events can help to
strengthen the fabric of the community by creating and enhancing
community relationships, building trust, and improving the relation-
ships between government agencies and the public. And frankly, if
done well, they're just plain fun.
If resources are limited and the message is fairly focused, try to
piggyback onto an existing event that involves the target audience.
Trade shows and other events for farmers, developers, boaters,
anglers, the automobile industry, and other groups can often be ac-
cessed with a little research and a few phone calls. If you're hosting
your own event, nothing can substitute for planning. No detail is too
small, and no aspect is too insignificant to be thoroughly examined,
reexamined, and subjected to contingency planning. Major events are
much like military campaigns. You'll need plenty of advance time,
89
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
tso
Festival resources
The Groundwater Foundation's
watershed festival series provides
lots of tips for putting on a com-
munity or school festival:
• Making Waves: How to Put on
a Water Festival
• Making Ripples: How to Orga-
nize a School Water Festival
• Making More Waves: Ideas for
Organizing Your Festival
• Making A Bigger Splash: Best
Ever Water Festival Ideas.
Order them online at
www.groundwater. org
or call 1-800-858-4844.
information on the site, logistical plans, contingency plans (e.g., rain
dates), a workforce commensurate with the objective, and the capac-
ity to accommodate plenty of action.
A major consideration in planning an event is how you intend to attract
attention. As in all outreach, you can't deliver a message to the target
audience if you don't have access to them. Approaches for generating
interest and attention are limited only by your creativity. Watershed
groups have used blues bands, balloons, face-painting, mascots, dunk-
ing contests, interactive displays, video games, giveaways, clowns, jug-
glers, and celebrities to draw crowds. Nearly any idea that works and
does not detract from the message is acceptable. Increase the exposure
of your event by inviting local TV and radio stations to cover it.
Community fairs and festivals
Festivals and fairs provide great opportunities for hands-on learning
and can be fun for all ages. These types of events get people involved
in different activities that show them that converting their behaviors
to sustainable ones is easier than they thought. When people are
actively and publicly involved at an event, they're more likely to com-
mit to engaging in an activity at home. In addition, getting people to
commit to a small, upbeat activity at a community fair increases the
likelihood that they'll agree to commit to a subsequent, more de-
manding activity, such as building a rain garden.
Some things to consider when organizing a fair or festival:
• Time and date. Choose an appropriate time of year based on your
geographic location and climate, particularly if your event will be
held outside. Schedule a rain date, if appropriate.
• Size of the event. Decide on the number of attendees (as a range
or target) you hope to have at your event.
• Facility/location. If you need to reserve a banquet hall, commu-
nity club site, or fairgrounds, be sure to check availability far in
advance. Make sure the venue fits the message and the audience.
• Types of activities. Think about the types of activities you'd like
to have at your fair or festival. Will there be games geared toward
'
Water Fest keeps growing
The Bear Creek Watershed Project hosts
an annual water festival called "Water Fest." It
started in 1993 with about 50 participants; in
2009 an estimated 250 people attended. New
activities are added each year. Kids love collecting
bugs in Bear Creek and then sorting them. One
year the project organizers added a Mexican folk
;dancing group, which brought out members of
he Hispanic community, who hadn't participated
previously. In 2009 the Microscope Magic activity
was added, giving kids the chance to view a drop
of water up close and personal to see the micro-
organisms living in it. Children of all ages also
took part in a rubber ducky race. The Bear Creek
Watershed Project holds a pancake breakfast
before the festival every year to attract a crowd.
Check out the Getting In Step video.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
t
Passport to your watershed
Water quality managers in Rockdale County, Georgia, organized a watershed fair to educate citizens
about the development of a new watershed management plan. The county teamed with several
local businesses to produce giveaways and staff the fair. A local developer paid for the production of
watershed stickers and a local paper company provided and staffed a recycling exhibit at the fair. The
county also worked closely with the local news media to cover the fair and other events related to the
watershed management plan in a series of newspaper articles.
At the fair, county residents and students were given watershed passport booklets
in which they received stamps for completing various activities, such as solving a
watershed knowledge crossword puzzle, identifying stream macroinvertebrates,
and marking which subwatersheds they live in by placing push pins on large
subwatershed maps.
In 2000 the county received an award from the Georgia Water & Pollution
Control Association for the Best Public Education Program for a large utility.
The award cited the county's foresight in creating a public outreach strategy to guide
the program and ensure the success of the watershed fair.
children? Will there be more complex concepts geared toward
adults? Do you want attendees to visit each activity in a specific
order or at their leisure? Choose activities that will help meet the
objectives of your water quality improvement project. Make your
activities interesting and enjoyable.
• Staffing the event. Choose appropriate personnel to staff each
activity at the event. Use experts from outside your organization
when appropriate to lend weight and knowledge to an issue.
• Be creative. Use creative titles for your activities, such as "What's
Buggin' You?" for a stream macroinvertebrate identification booth.
Ask a local band to play, organize a fly fishing demonstration,
or arrange to have costumed characters or local celebrities talk
to kids and have their pictures taken with them. At the Southern
Maine Children's Water Festival, local TV and radio personalities
serve as emcees in a water trivia contest. The arrangement gets
kids interested in participating and enhances media coverage at
the same time.
• Use cosponsors. Identify cosponsors early to help support various
aspects of the event, such as paying for promotional items, spon-
soring a booth, or providing food or music. Solicit cosponsors by
offering to include their names and logos on all the event materi-
als. Select your cosponsors wisely. Make sure they are well liked
and trusted by the members of the target audience. You wouldn't
want to ask a local paper product company that's been involved
in litigation for environmental rule-breaking to support your tree-
planting festival!
-------
• Encourage future participation. Provide reminders or incentives
for participants to continue their good stewardship at home or at
work. Bookmarks and refrigerator magnets serve as prompts to
remind people of actions to improve or protect water quality while
at home. Pledge cards can be used to gain small commitments that
participants will change their behavior permanently. For example,
in Whatcom County, the Washington Department of Ecology devel-
oped a pledge program that encourages residents and businesses
to reduce watershed pollution through activities such as redirecting
downspouts away from impervious surfaces and leaving grass clip-
pings on the lawn. Upon signing up, residential participants receive
a personalized "To Do List" to hang on their refrigerators and a
recycled glass sun catcher. Businesses receive recognition in local
publications and a pledge plaque to display in their stores or offices.
Field trips
Providing tours and field trips for members of the target audience—
especially elected officials, watershed committee members, and the
media—is a great way to communicate your message. It is also a
good opportunity for photo taking and media coverage. What would
have taken more time to explain on paper or in words often can be
conveyed more easily and more powerfully through field trips to farm
demonstration sites, stream restoration sites, or backyard wetlands.
Field trips allow people to see for themselves how your water quality
improvement efforts are making a difference or what still needs to be
done.
River Network sponsors a River Rally each year for its partners to
meet colleagues, talk to funders, and keep staff and volunteers of riv-
er organizations up-to-date on the latest watershed issues. The rally
includes Whitewater rafting, canoeing, fishing, and wildlife-viewing
field trips. The Saugus River Watershed Council in Massachusetts
also sponsors a series of canoe trips to gain support for improving the
natural resources of the watershed.
Open houses
An open house allows the public to tour a facility or displays at their
own pace. No formal presentations are made. This method works
well if you're trying to educate the public on multiple issues at once
or collect public comments and feedback. Open houses foster one-
on-one communication and build the credibility of the organiza-
tion or issue. Keep in mind that open houses can be more staff- and
resource-intensive than other public meetings, depending on the
number and kinds of displays used and the type of information being
presented.
Public hearings and meetings
Public hearings—formal meetings with scheduled presentations—
provide an opportunity for the public to make formal comments
on an issue or document. Public hearings are often required when
government agencies develop new rules or regulations or make some
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
other proposal that might affect the public. However, public hearings
do not allow for dialogue between the commenters and the present-
ers, which often creates an "us versus them" setting. In addition,
because many people are not comfortable speaking in front of a
group, comments received might be biased toward more outspoken
groups or individuals.
Public meetings are less formal than public hearings and often
include presentations coupled with question-and-answer sessions.
Although public meetings on charged issues might spark more
debate than education, most allow open, friendly dialogue among
participants and presenters.
The stakeholder roundtable is another effective way to provide edu-
cation and discuss issues with concerned citizens. It is also an excel-
lent forum for networking and sharing practices, and the atmosphere
of the roundtable can be one of openness and continuous learning.
In 2001 EPA provided Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Listening
Sessions for the public to help improve understanding of the TMDL
program from all perspectives and to identify and discuss ideas for
addressing issues related to the TMDL program. People were provid-
ed an opportunity to talk in small groups with the help of facilitators.
You can find more detailed information on how to host productive
meetings in Section 4 of EPA's Stakeholder Guide.
Interactive and facilitated meetings
Sometimes meetings in which there is a one-way flow of information
do not achieve project goals and objectives. For example, if you want
input on a newly proposed riparian buffer ordinance, you'll need
to come up with a way to gather feedback in a nonconfrontational
way during meetings with landowners. In such a case, find or hire
an unbiased facilitator who is skilled at collecting accurate and clear
opinions from members of the community. Refer to Sections 4 and 5
in the Stakeholder Guide for more tips on running successful meet-
ings through a consensus-based process.
Diversify your presentation and meeting methods whenever possible
to better engage your audience and hold their interest. Use a combi-
nation of group exercises, individual exercises, flip charts, lectures,
storytelling, role-playing games, and field trips in your meeting
agenda. At the start of the meeting, tell each attendee that before the
day is over, he or she must meet one new person and ask that person
three questions including ice-breaker questions, such as: What kind
of pet do you have? What is your favorite food? What do you hope to
learn from the meeting today? Then select a few participants to share
what they learned at the end of the meeting. Even a show-and-share
session could help get your message across in a more memorable
way if, for example, you are holding a meeting about how to dispose
of household hazardous materials. Pass around three or four prod-
ucts and have everyone in the audience guess whether the product
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
can be poured down the drain, can be poured on the grass, or needs
to be taken to a hazardous waste facility. Seeing and touching the
product container might make it easier for them to remember what to
do, rather than just seeing a list on a PowerPoint slide.
During a series of stormwater workshops, staff from EPA's Office of
Wastewater Management used a group exercise charette approach
to demonstrate the web of issues related to minimizing water qual-
ity impacts from new development and redevelopment. The exercise
featured a poster-sized layout of a small urban and rural landscape,
along with current land uses, land cover, and surface water resources.
Participants were given small colored blocks representing residential
and commercial structures and were asked to decide where to site the
"new development." Objectives included minimizing water quality
impacts from post-construction runoff, accommodating the "retail fol-
lows rooftops" phenomenon, and integrating the new buildings with
existing land use patterns in hypothetical Elk County. The exercise
provided participants with an opportunity to explore a wide range
of issues, such as development density, impervious cover increases,
considering existing development patterns, protecting valued water
resources, transportation impacts, and other stormwater and non-
stormwater topics. The charette sessions were lively, and participa-
tion levels were high as the "county planners" discussed topics that
can be a bit dry when presented on slides during workshop sessions.
Hands-on events
Events focused on a specific activity can help generate support for
your cause by providing the target audience with hands-on expe-
rience that will help them understand the specific water quality
problem or issue. Volunteer stream cleanups, household hazardous
waste pickup days, photo contests, nature walks, workshops, wildlife
watches, or other hands-on activities can be used to generate aware-
ness of your issue, communicate your message, recruit people to
support and distribute your message, and motivate participation in
sustainable behaviors.
The Bear Creek Watershed Project focused on area schools by hiring
a professional playwright to form a theater troupe called the Bear
Creek Players. The group of actors performed at schools and at area
festivals (including the Water Fest), presenting short skits centered on
water quality issues. The stories gave members of the target audience
a better awareness of different issues in the watershed.
Check out the Getting In Step video.
These types of events are best carried out with the support of one
or more cosponsors. Teaming up with local conservation districts,
businesses, or environmental organizations can bring more people to
the event, help defray the cost of the materials or staff needed for the
event, and lend credibility to your cause.
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
95
I'
Other formats
Giveaways
Almost everyone loves getting free stuff! Whether it's pens or coffee
mugs, giveaways are often snatched up quickly. See the list under
"What to Give Away" for some ideas. Giveaways are good for pro-
moting watershed organizations, simple actions, and general aware-
ness. They show others that the participant is actively involved in the
cause, helping to create social norms and encouraging others to get
involved.
Giveaways are also visual prompts that remind people to choose
behaviors that protect and improve water quality. A toothbrush im-
printed with the message "Turn off the water while you brush!" will
remind people to conserve water every time they pick it up. To make
your giveaways more successful, make sure the message they convey
is related to the type of giveaway handed out and that the item will
be used repeatedly when the person needs to choose the most ap-
propriate behavior.
Giveaways vary greatly in cost and desirability. Most expensive and
more desirable giveaways can be reserved for rewarding a certain
level of participation or commitment. Examples include T-shirts or
baseball caps (e.g., for event organizers or runners that raise money
for an environmental cause) and coffee mugs or beach towels (for
volunteers at storm drain marking events or stream cleanups).
When choosing a giveaway, be sensitive to any perceived alternative
message it might convey—for example, "too much plastic is being
used"—which could counteract the environmental benefit intended
by the message. And keep the target audience in mind. Don't give
away golf balls with your logo to elementary school kids!
What to give away
• Bumper stickers
• Calendars
• Temporary tattoos for kids
• Bookmarks
• Refrigerator magnets
• Stickers for kids
• Pens and pencils
• Pop-up sponges
• Caps
• Mugs
• Beach towels
• Beverage holders
• Key chains
• Barbecue aprons
• Hot pads and oven mitts
• Reusable water bottles
Bottle openers
Buttons and lapel pins
Tote bags/reusable grocery bags
Salt and pepper shakers
Pennants or flags
T-shirts
Frisbees
Baseball caps
Rulers
License plate frames
Toothbrushes
Rubber jar openers
Note pads
Compasses
Seed packets
Tips for better T-shirts
• L, XL, and XXL are the most
popular sizes.
• Select 100% cotton or a blend
of recycled cotton and other
post-consumer recycled materi-
als. For instance, Fortrel Eco-
Spun is made from recycled
plastic bottles and is just as
comfortable, durable, and
attractive as cotton.
• Don't forget the popularity of
long-sleeved varieties in cool
climates.
• Explore options in shirt and ink
colors for variety.
• Get quotes from several sup-
pliers and estimate quantities
carefully to avoid overstocks.
• Use your logo and watershed
name.
• Try to get a picture of
a local celebrity wear-
ing your shirt.
• Caution: Dated mate-
rials are harder to sell
after the event.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Tips for better
bumper
stickers
• Check popular sizes before
finalizing your design (and you
might want to make sure they
fit in mailing envelopes).
• Present a brief message in large,
bold letters, and keep graphics
simple and recognizable.
• Attach a mock-up to a bumper
to ensure readability.
Bumper stickers
Bumper stickers are highly individualized traveling billboards, which
means that some people love them and others are turned off by
them. (Some people collect them but will not display them on their
vehicles.) Because many Americans spend considerable time on the
road, the chances for message exposure through bumper stickers are
excellent. Keep your messages positive and focused on the objective
[e.g., Save the Bay!). Composition is easy: Combine a catchy message
with a piece of art or a simple background, and you're in business.
Production options range from professional print shops to at-home
silk-screening. Choose a design that can be seen from a distance and
a color that will beckon from a bumper. Bear in mind that bumper
stickers are usually much better at raising awareness than at promot-
ing behavior change.
T-shirts and promotional items
T-shirts and caps are popular items and really get around to help
spread your message. Use your imagination or work with a graphic
artist on how best to conceive, design, and distribute them. Be sure
to carefully consider cost, and don't be overly optimistic about sales
income because sales rarely achieve expectations.
You can also order any number of other customized items embla-
zoned with your logo and message. Prices go down with quantity, but
make sure you'll be able to distribute your supply within a reason-
able amount of time.
Tips for better giveaways
• Check with a professional printer to see if
your design can be reproduced effectively
and inexpensively on a number of different
materials.
• If you're developing a two-color design,
make sure it also reproduces well in
black-and-white.
• Allow plenty of time for design, production,
printing, and distribution.
• Carry the design theme or logo throughout all
literature and accessory items.
• Consider packaging method and costs for
mailing or other distribution.
• Check with a promotional items
-------
97
Mascots
An effective way to communicate your message to the younger
set is through mascots. They become familiar faces that can take
on personalities, stories, and lives of their own. Consider adapting
child-friendly characters into puppets, comic strips, posters, banners,
displays, festivals, parades, calendars, contests, skits, student les-
sons, or activities.
What does it cost?
Outreach campaigns can be costly and labor-intensive, especially
those that use TV PSAs, special events, printed materials, videos,
or targeted mailings. The table on page 99 provides estimated costs
for some types of outreach formats. Contact individual vendors for
actual prices. When you defined your goals and objectives in Step 1,
you determined available funding and staff members for the project,
as well as potential partners. This is a perfect opportunity for your
partners to lend a hand (or funds). Ask them to volunteer to pay the
production or shipping costs of materials. For more information on
how to obtain funding or in-kind services, refer to Part 3: Implement-
ing the Campaign.
Ollie the Otter
Ollie the Otter was born June 12,
1996, at the Cheyenne Moun-
tain Zoo in Colorado Springs,
Colorado. The Central Wyoming
Regional Water District in Casper,
Wyoming, and Colorado Springs
Utilities both use Ollie to teach
kids about the water cycle, water
treatment and distri-
bution, and water
conservation and
protection.
Ollie has made
community appear-
ances, thrown out the first pitch
at a baseball game, and even rid-
den in parades. Ollie says, "Every
Drop Counts." To learn more
about Ollie, visit
www. csu. org/residential/about/
com m unity fed uca tion/kids-
corn erlollies- wa ter- world/
item1000.html
TARGET
AUDIENCE
Building Blocks:
Step 4: Package the Message
With the message "Fertilize in the Fall. That's All!" in hand, the hypothetical
Herndon County now needed to choose the package that would be most effec-
tive. Because most members of the audience are homeowners who do not have
much time to spare, the county researched
the time of day that most of the audience would have
the greatest attention span—during their commute.
By reviewing a recent subway transit survey conducted by the Greater
Herndon/Carlisle Metropolitan Transit Authority, the county learned that
more than 60 percent of its residents ride the subway twice a week or
more. The county therefore developed five eye-catching subway
transit posters centered around its fertilizer reduction campaign.
The posters were displayed over the course of six months. The
transit poster artwork was also used for full-size educational
posters and water bill inserts.
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
Costs for various outreach products, 2009 estimates'
Category
Giveaways
Magnets
Posters (11" x 17", 4 colors, 100-lb glossy
paper)
Canvas tote bags
1 color, 2 sides
2 colors, 2 sides
Stickers (1-color, 3" diameter, white high-
gloss, roll of stickers)
Lapel pins
Stainless steel reusable water bottles with
logo/message
Key chains/holders
Cost (per 1,000) unless otherwise
indicated)*
$220 for 2-color business card size
$300
$3,680
$4,900
$100
$1,150
$5-$7 per bottle for 100 bottles
$500-$ 1,500 (price depends on material, size,
and shape)
Printed materials
Printed fact sheets (2-sided)
1 color
2 colors
4 colors
$250
$350
$350
Trifold brochure (11" x 25.5'
1 color
2 colors
4 colors
$650
$750
$750
Display booths
Tabletop
$300-$ 1,000 (price depends on size, material,
and shape)
10'x 10'
$1,500-$4,000 (price depends on size, material,
and shape)
Bus
advertisements
Panels on bus interior (bus boards)
$4,850 for ads on 300 buses (includes printing
and space costs)
Vinyl panels on entire bus exterior
$2,000-$5,000/month per bus (fees may be
higher in large metropolitan areas; production
costs vary from region to region)
Billboards
Billboard (printed on indoor/outdoor vinyl
in full color)
$700-$2,500/month per billboard for space
rental
$500-$ 1,000 for panel design/printing
Web sites
Register domain name
$30 per year (possibly lower if registering with
your Web hosting provider)
Step 4: Package the Message
Part 2
-------
Costs for various outreach products, 2009 estimates* (cont)
Category
Newspaper ads
4" x 6" ad
Cost (per 1,000) unless otherwise
indicated)*
$400 for weekday run
$750 for Sunday run
(Prices depend on which day the ad runs, as well
as readership/size of the paper.)
Movie theaters
1 PSA (e.g., PowerPoint slide)
$1,400/weekin 16 theaters
Radio PSA
Airtime for 30-second and 60-second spots
30-sec. spot: $30-$125
60-sec. spot: $40-$200
30 days of 30-sec spot once a day: $900-$3,750
30 days of 60-sec spot once a day:
$1,200-56,000
(All prices depend on market size.)
Photos
Stock photos purchased online
$1.50-$40.00 per photo (price depends on
desired resolution)
*Cost estimates were obtained in 2009. Contact individual vendors for actual prices.
PROCESS CHECKLIST
Step 4: Package your message
Am I getting the message to my target audience with this format?
Is the format appropriate for the message?
Is the format appropriate for the target audience?
Does the format exclude any members of the target audience?
Does the format favor any members of the target audience?
Does the format grab the attention of the target audience?
Do I have the resources necessary to prepare and use the
selected format?
Do I have access to the skilled staff needed to prepare and use
the selected format?
Will I have enough time to produce and distribute this format?
Will I be able to distribute messages in this format effectively?
Will I have the right amount of materials for the entire target
audience?
Part 2
Step 4: Package the Message
-------
What's in Step 5?
• Who delivers the message?
• Distribution methods
• Timing is everything
• Staffing the effort
• Piggybacking your message
Distribute the message
In Step 3 you honed your message. In Step 4 you selected formats
for your message. Now, in Step 5 you are ready to distribute the
message. Fortunately, you've already considered distribution mecha-
nisms somewhat while researching the target audience and selecting
a format. During this step you'll need to consider your timeline, goals
and objectives, and the target audience's needs and interests, narrow-
ing down and selecting the most appropriate distribution methods
for your project. Further activity during Step 5 includes taking a close
look at the resources and work required for distributing the message.
Are you going to mail all those posters? Do you need to buy mailing
tubes? Do you have the addresses? Better still, is there an existing
publication you can piggyback onto so you can reach the target audi-
ence without the hassle of mailing anything yourself?
Common means of distribution are using direct mail or e-mail, going
door-to-door, making phone calls, relying on targeted businesses,
making presentations, offering hand-outs at events, using media
outlets, using a website, and posting the message in public places.
Consider which distribution method(s) is best for your group. Local
governments, for example, might choose to add inserts to utility bills,
whereas community groups might prefer door-to-door visits.
Who delivers the message?
In addition to how you are going to deliver the message, you should
decide who will deliver the message. Analysis of the target audience
can help you identify the most trusted members of the community.
Meteorologists used to spread the word
Recognizing that television weather forecasters are very effective at explaining complex scientific
issues and concepts (e.g., doppler radar) and that they are trusted and well respected in the community,
EPA joined with the National Environmental Education and Training Foundation (now known as NEEF) and
the American Meteorological Society to develop Earth Gauge®. Earth Gauge is a free e-newsletter tied
to the three-day forecast in markets across the United States. It makes clear, causal connections between
current weather and environmental topics—water quality, air quality, wildlife, public health, energy effi-
ciency, and more. It also includes scientific facts about the impacts of climate change and weather pat-
terns, as well as links to articles and studies.
Earth Gauge is distributed in 115 media markets across the country and to more than 215 local broadcast
meteorologists, radio broadcasters, and newspaper journalists. Local TV markets reach more than 241 mil-
lion television viewers, and through their partnership with The Weather Channel, they reach 91 million
households every day. Earth Gauge is also distributed to National Weather Service Warning Coordina-
tion meteorologists, educators, nonprofit organizations, and other interested subscribers throughout the
United States. Visit www.earthgauge.net for more details.
Step 5: Distribute the Message
Part 2
-------
4O4*
An organization trusted by the public can use a staff representative
of its own. If the organization is a government agency, it might be
effective to have a member of the target audience deliver the mes-
sage. Many groups select local celebrities, news reporters, or other
respected members of the community to be their spokespersons.
The organizers of the Pequea-Mill Creek project in Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania, had their work cut out for them when trying to reach
area farmers with their message. Project staff knew that the farm-
ers would be tough to sway if the message came from the wrong
person. Rather than using only participating local, state, and federal
staff, they asked local veterinarians interested in water quality and
herd health to get involved. The vets spoke to the farmers in the area
and encouraged them to implement the recommended BMPs. The
organization also used the farmers themselves to help spread the
word. They formed teams of two or three farmers and took them to
participating farms, where the farmer teams talked about the BMPs
and their pros and cons.
Check out the Getting In Step video.
Persuasion from peers can be a good way to encourage positive life-
style changes. As mentioned in Step 2 and in the box to the left, the
Empowerment Institute's Sustainable Lifestyle Campaigns use neigh-
bors to create social cohesiveness and get citizens involved. Five to
six neighborhood households—an EcoTeam—meet several times over
a four-month period, with the help of a step-by-step workbook and
a trained volunteer coach. The team members support each other
in reducing waste, conserving water and energy, buying environ-
mentally protective products, reducing air and water pollution, and
encouraging other neighbors to get involved. Using the residents of
the community can be a great option for spreading your message.
Distribution methods
Taking the time to carefully research and select the right distribution
method is a very important part of distributing your message. All the
research you conducted in Step 2 to learn about your target audience
will come into play again when determining distribution methods.
For example, you might be really excited about using the latest
technologies, such as social networking websites, to get your mes-
sage out, but understanding how they are best used and to whom
t
The ripple effect
By building partnerships with diverse members of the
community, you can educate them first on the issues;
then they can communicate this information to their con-
stituents. For example, ranchers are more likely to believe
information and accept recommendations from other
ranchers than from another source.
Part 2 — — Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
1O2
A member of the target audience
is often the most effective mes-
sage delivery vehicle. Recruiting
audience members—or piggy-
backing on publications, activi-
ties, or events sponsored by the
audience—should be a primary
consideration during any message
distribution effort.
they're targeted is even more important than keeping up with the
latest trends. Some social networking sites are pitched more toward
teens and tweens than adults, others to music lovers and musicians.
No one site is a catch-all for everyone, and not all sites remain the
same over time. The same kind of scrutiny applies when considering
face-to-face methods or e-mail distribution. Will your audience be
open to the methods you choose? Are they likely to actually receive
the message through that method? Will they trust the message they
receive through that particular mode of distribution? And most impor-
tantly, are they more likely to take the desired action when delivered
through a particular means? If your organization doesn't have the
trust it needs to conduct face-to-face outreach message distribution,
you should consider a different method.
Face-to-face
Even in today's hi-tech, rapidly changing world, face-to-face commu-
nication is still one of the most effective ways of reaching the public.
Why? Because it takes two to communicate in a conversation. During
a face-to-face dialogue, each person is an active participant—whether
that activity is verbal or not (e.g., body language, facial expressions).
E-mail and printed brochures are great outreach tools, but they lack
the personal touch that face-to-face communication brings. E-mails
and brochures are easy to put off until later, but a person right in
front of you is not so easy to ignore. Face-to-face encounters at meet-
ings, watershed fairs, schools, community events, and front doors
can help to build trust in your program and increase the likelihood of
personal commitments to make changes.
Organizers of the "Seeding Sustainable Communities" project in Eng-
land conducted face-to-face residential surveys by knocking on doors.
At the same time they gave each resident a Sustainable Living Bag. The
tote bags included giveaways such as energy-efficient light bulbs, a fat
trap for the sink, wild bird seed and vegetable seeds, samples of eco-
friendly soap and laundry detergent, coupons for local organic vendors,
and information on environmental issues and tips for living sustain-
ably. The bags and their contents enabled residents to implement
immediate lifestyle changes by using the bags for grocery shopping or
changing their light bulbs. After the campaign, 100 percent of residents
in a neighborhood encompassing nearly 4,000 households had adopted
at least one new sustainable behavior. Seventy percent had implement-
ed five or more changes! Most report that the change was a result of the
face-to-face personalization of the program, coupled with the giveaways.
The Internet
Increasingly, the Internet is becoming a powerful means of communi-
cation. According to a 2008 Neilson survey, more than 80 percent of
Americans now have a computer in their homes, and of those, almost
92 percent have Internet access. More than half of all American
homes have high-speed Internet access. The Internet provides world-
wide access to hundreds of thousands of sites containing millions
of documents, chat rooms for special interest groups, and database/
Step 5: Distribute the Message
Part 2
-------
mapping features that are almost mind-boggling. Websites can reach
large audiences with relatively minimal effort.
Although the Internet is used regularly and extensively by agency
personnel, environmental group leaders, and the business com-
munity, most citizens still get the great bulk of their environmental
messages from more traditional venues—especially the TV and radio
news media. Remember, too, that a Web-based approach is very
narrowly segmented, so the odds that you'll be able to reach your
intended audience solely through the Web aren't good. Many groups
find that approaches based on the news media, targeted presenta-
tions, printed materials, events, and giveaways are effective ways to
draw the audience to a website.
Creating a website
Before deciding that your organization or cause needs a traditional
website, consider whether a blog will suffice. For instance, consider
the Huron River Watershed Council's blog site at www.hrwc.org,
1O3
v
Tips for designing a website
• Keep it simple to keep download times
short. Surfers will move on quickly if the site
takes too long to view.
• Use colors and fonts that are easy to read,
and work together as a well-designed theme.
• Provide contact information, including mail-
ing address, phone number, and e-mail.
• Use a few attractive graphics to make your
site more interesting.
• Make sure the site can be viewed prop-
erly with both Internet Explorer (versions 7
and 8) and Mozilla Firefox. Google Chrome,
Apple Safari, and Opera have made in-roads
into the browser market, and should be
considered, as well.
• Be sure to use alternate text tags (image
tags) for photos and graphics for better
accessibility. Consider the accessibility of your
website by testing it at http://wave.webaim.
org. WAVE is a free Web accessibility evalu-
ation tool designed to help expose and
repair barriers to accessibility and encourage
compliance with section 508 of the Rehabili-
tation Act. Section 508 requires
that federal websites allow users
with disabilities to have access to the
same information as those without
disabilities. Even if your organization is not
a federal agency, ensuring that your site
is accessible by all members of the target
audience will broaden the reach of your
campaign.
Limit the use of plug-ins such as Flash or
Shockwave that have to be downloaded. If a
free plug-in such as Adobe Acrobat (for view-
ing PDF files) is necessary, include a link to the
page where that plug-in can be downloaded.
Make your site interactive by including hot-
links, online quizzes, or other features that
draw interest. Remember that surfers tend to
scan a site for only 10 seconds or so before
they move on.
Update your site frequently! A stagnant
website will lose the audience quickly. When
developing your outreach plan, build in time
(and resources) to maintain an up-to-date
website with press releases, new monitoring
data, and support.
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
1O4
On the Web...
To design websites that
attract the audience and keep
them coming back, understand
that people don't read Web pages
like they read the paper. The Com-
municators Guide (http://govinfo.
library, unt. edu/npr/library/papers/
bkgrd/communicators.html) notes
the following:
• Reading rates slow by 25 to
40 percent, so don't include
lengthy blocks of text.
• The flicker effect in older moni-
tors (not flat screens) causes
eyestrain.
• Almost 80 percent of readers
scan text; only 20 percent read
every word.
• Readers scan a site for about
10 seconds before they click on
something else, so make your
text count. Put the most impor-
tant and interesting information
near the top of the page.
In addition, on average, online
users read only about 20 percent of
the text on any given Web page.
which was created with a free, simple blogging tool called Word Press.
Blogs are simpler to create and update, and are explained more fully
later in this section.
Registering a domain name
When you're ready to develop your organization's website, a few
simple steps can help you get started. You may use free website
hosts that allow you to use their domain to host your site (e.g.,
www.atspace.com, www.orgsites.com], but in the long run it's better
to register your own domain. When choosing your site's name, try
to pick a domain that's easy to identify with your group and easy to
remember. If your organization has a long name, think about using
an acronym or abbreviation that can be remembered easily. There
are many domain registrars on the Web with varying services and
fees, such as www. registernamescom. Each site provides a chance for
you to enter the website name you want and takes you through the
registration steps. Search around to find the one most appropriate for
your organization. Fees range from $8 to $70 for the first 2 years, with
additional (slightly lower) annual fees until your website is removed.
Designing your website
Designing an attractive, interactive website is crucial if you want the
target audience to visit your site often. If your organization already
has a homepage you can link to and a Web programmer in-house,
soliciting that person's services will be the most affordable option. If
not, several software packages, such as Macromedia Dreamweaver
and Microsoft FrontPage, allow you to design a website without hav-
ing to learn any complicated programming languages. Internet-based
content management systems (CMS), such as Drupal (a free open
source CMS), are growing in popularity. Other options include hiring
a website design firm, if funding is available, or recruiting college
students majoring in information technology.
Marketing your website
Once your website is online, it's time to promote it to the public.
Publicizing your Web address—the Universal Resource Locator, or
URL—to the target audience is the most important step in developing
a website. Many organizations overlook this step, essentially wast-
ing their websites' potential. Send information on your site to news-
letters, organizations, list servers, or other websites that the target
audience frequents. Include the URL on all of your outreach materi-
als—letterhead, giveaways, brochures, and so forth.
You can add the URL to many online search engines such as Yahoo,
Google, Bing, and Infoseek. Each site can be registered individually
for free, or you can use a service like Microsoft Central Submit It at
www.submit-it.com to submit your listing to about 20 search engines
for an annual fee of $49. You'll need to select about 20 keywords for
the search engine to use. Be sure to choose your keywords carefully.
They should be common things people search for when looking for
information provided by your website. Including a mix of casual terms
Step 5: Distribute the Message
Part 2
-------
1O5
and technical terms will help you reach both broad audiences and
specific sub-audiences. Even if you don't register directly with these
search engines, most will catalog your site automatically within a few
weeks. However, the registration process might give you a better idea
of how to make your site more visible to each particular search engine.
Keep in mind that different search engines key in on different com-
ponents of your website. For example, the Excite search engine looks
at the text on the main pages of the website and pulls key words
and phrases from there, whereas AltaVista looks at only page titles
and metadata tags (keywords listed in the website's HTML code to
help search engines tag your site). Since the Web is evolving at a fast
pace, use it to research new developments in search engine design. A
strong presence on the Web is an excellent way to increase the expo-
sure of your group and communicate your messages more effectively.
Partnering with other website hosts
The Internet is becoming more important to local watershed outreach
efforts by the month. Its primary value lies in providing access to
general water science information, databases like EPA's Surf Your
Watershed (www.epa.gov/surf) and those hosted by other public
agencies, and environmental news from state and national groups
like the Conservation Technology Information Center at www.ctic.
purdue.edu.
Consider asking to have your website's URL added to other organiza-
tions' links pages. This approach increases the number of visitors at
your website without costing an arm and a leg. Visit various related
websites, and send them e-mails with a request to add a link to your
site on their site. Offer to add their link to your site as well. This is
one of the easiest and cheapest ways to spread your message.
There are opportunities to reach other audiences through the Inter-
net by using interest group websites (e.g., off-highway vehicle users,
anglers, farmers). However, you'll probably reach national audiences,
not necessarily the citizens of your watershed, through such websites.
Explore these sites before deciding to use them in your program.
E-mail distribution
E-mail is the preferred communication medium among many citi-
zens, business people, and agency officials because it can be ac-
cessed at convenient times and provides a written record of the
communication. It is also a cheap and fast way to spread a message.
Active watershed projects often find it useful to establish e-mail lists
through the help of e-mail marketing software, such as Constant
Contact, iContact, or Vertical Response to keep participants updated
on meetings, policy discussions, and other matters. Implementing
this communication link is simple and allows stakeholders to keep
abreast of developments at their leisure.
i
EPA discussion
lists
EPA's nonpoint source pollution
and septic system discussion lists
host lively discussions on issues of
interest to watershed groups. Visit
https://lists. epa.gov/read/
all Jorums to learn how to
subscribe to both lists.
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
106
The percentage of adult Internet
users who have a profile on an
online social networking site such
as Facebook or MySpace has
increased dramatically in the past
four years—from 8 percent in
2005 to 46 percent in April 2009,
according to the Pew Internet &
American Life tracking survey,
www.pewinternet. org.
Seventy-five percent of online
adults ages 18 to 24 have social
network profiles, as compared to
57 percent of online adults ages
25 to 34.
Newsletters, flyers, calendars, and more can be sent with the click of
a few buttons. Since most e-mail software now allows HTML e-mails,
you can now send e-mails that include photos, hotlinks, and other
content that looks more eye-catching than typical plain-text e-mails.
This format offers greater control over formatting, layout, color, fonts,
graphics, and branding. Some e-mail readers can't properly read HT-
ML-formatted messages. This may be particularly true when sending
a message to a distribution list. If you want to be sure that everyone
can read your e-mail, whether they can read HTML messages or not,
be sure to include the URL for any websites along with the HTML
link, provide separators between sections so that it is clear to text
recipients when topics change, and use capital letters in headlines so
the headline is distinguishable from the description in the text format,
where no variations in bold, italics, fonts, and sizes are available to
provide visual clues.
Be sure to keep your e-mail address list up-to-date. Don't send more
than a few messages a month, or you might risk becoming "spam."
Also be sure to include an appropriate specific subject in the subject
line so that recipients quickly know what the e-mail is about. Keep
your messages brief and to the point.
E-mail discussion lists
Establishing an automated e-mail discussion or information distribu-
tion list is not difficult. It can even be done in the form of a round
robin exchange, in which list members are the designated recipients
of the first message and simply click on "reply to all" to post messag-
es to the entire group. Many state and federal government agencies
already host lists in-house, and you might be able to add a new list to
their servers easily. Other independent organizations might choose to
start lists through websites.
Another option is to use a list management program. Some e-mail list
management programs are PC-based and must be installed on your
computer. Others are Web-based and enable you to access and man-
age your list online. One PC-based program that is popular is Major-
domo. Majordomo is a free program that automates the management
of Internet mailing lists. Commands are sent to Majordomo by e-mail
to handle all aspects of list maintenance. Once a list is set up, virtually
all operations can be performed remotely, requiring no intervention on
the part of the list manager. Majordomo automates the administration
of mailing lists by allowing users to perform the most frequent opera-
tions (subscribe and unsubscribe) themselves, while allowing the list
manager to either "approve" each of these operations (or initiate them
on behalf of a user), or merely monitor them as they are automatically
approved. Visit www.linuxwebmasterfree.coni/niaiordonio.htnil for
more information. Other sites that offer free online list management
and online message boards include http://groups.yahoo.com,
www.freeboards.net, www.freelists.org, and http://lists.topica.com.
Step 5: Distribute the Message
Part 2
-------
4O7
Using social media and other Web 2.0 tools
The term Web 2.0 refers to the second generation of Internet-based
content. This new iteration is different from the first generation,
which held mostly static pages of text that users could only scroll
and read to access content. Web 2.0 provides for much greater (and
instantaneous) interaction between viewers and the site owners and
in many cases allows users to add or change page content live. Web
2.0 does not refer to any specific change in the technology of the
Internet, but rather to how people use the Internet and the social
networking tools to provide and access information. The content is
based primarily on user participation. A large part of what makes
social media tools popular and successful is the online tools that
facilitate collaboration and information sharing. Examples used by
outreach groups include social networking sites, media-sharing sites
(including photos and videos), wikis, blogs, and podcasts. Social
networking tools, or social media, readily accommodate user-created
video, audio, text, or multimedia in an online social environment.
Even the White House has jumped on the bandwagon of using social
media to get the word out about various issues and activities us-
ing Facebook, blogs, and Twitter. Social media tools are a great way
distribute your watershed outreach message—and it is relatively easy
to get that process started using a number of free or low-cost options.
Following are brief descriptions of some social media tools you might
want to consider when distributing your message.
Social Networking Sites
A social networking site is centered on the building of virtual com-
munities with members interested in similar causes, activities, or
concepts. Members join a site and create a basic profile with their
interests and then search for others with similar interests. Once they
find other members, they often add a link to the other member's
profile. (Most sites give the other member a choice whether to allow
the link.) Users use keywords in their profiles and customize content
with blogs, video clips, and photos to allow other users to find their
profile more easily.
Facebook
www. facebook. com
Facebook is a free service that lets your organization or cause create a
profile, upload photos and videos, write journal entries, and post news
items to a dedicated Web page. You can create groups, join groups and
networks of people, and create and participate in online quizzes. One
of the advantages of Facebook is that members' posts (called status
updates) show up in the newsfeed of people they have approved as
their Facebook friends. This can keep people updated on events. You
can join networks that include schools, businesses, and geographic
areas that make your profile more easily found by those seeking out
interests. For example, the Huron River Watershed Council, a coalition
of stewards including volunteers, municipal governments, and busi-
nesses actively working to protect and rehabilitate the Huron River
i
Watershed groups «|
develop Facebook J
profiles
The San Diego Watersheds Face-
book profile is run and updated
by the San Diego Coastkeepers.
The profile includes a notes sec-
tion where articles of interest to
members are posted, photo albums
of the San Diego Watershed are
shared, and a video of the Otay
River can be downloaded. Posts
include news items, event invita-
tions and announcements.
San Diego Watersheds
Facebook Page
(www.se/wa tersheds. org;
www. facebook. com/people/
San-Diego-Watersheds/
1298972984)
The Huron River Watershed Council
(HRWC) Facebook profile is main-
tained by one person who dedi-
cates one hour per week. HRWC
advertises its Facebook page
through e-mail blasts. Approxi-
mately 75 people per month are
added as friends. Because of the
development of HRWC's Facebook
page, there has been in increase in
the number of new memberships
and new volunteers.
Huron River Watershed Council
Facebook Page
(www. h rwc.org;
www. facebook. com/pages/
Huron-River-Watershed-Council/
99590498013)
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
108
watershed, has an active Facebook page that has more than 300 mem-
bers (called fans). The group's profile includes a notes section that lists
10 simple things people can do to protect the Huron River.
Twitter
www. twitter, com
Twitter is a free Web application that allows you to send and receive
messages (called tweets) of 140 characters or less to all e-mail ad-
dresses or mobile phone numbers that sign up to follow your feed.
(A feed is a data format for Internet tools that provide frequently up-
dated content.) The system is versatile, allowing feeds to be sent via
computers, mobile phone texting, instant message, or e-mail. Twitter
allows you to continuously update your followers on what's going
on with you or your organization. You can use it for event invitations
and reminders, to call attention to press releases or news articles, or
to share breaking news important to the people who are following
your feed. Be warned that overuse of Twitter to announce items of
trivial interest will turn off potential followers.
Web syndication
Web syndication is a means of getting content from a person or orga-
nization to thousands of others using the Web. Think of what syn-
dication means to print media: A syndicated comic strip is produced
in one paper but distributed through many newspapers every week.
Web syndication allows you to electronically publish your informa-
tion to those interested in your area and all over the world.
RSS feeds
RSS stands for Really Simple Syndication. An RSS feed (also called
a news feed) allows you to send news published on your website
directly to those who are interested in it. It is similar to offering a
subscription to a publication: When something new is published on
your website, you add it to a list on your RSS feed page. People who
subscribe to your RSS feed will be able to access it directly by click-
ing a link (they won't have to navigate to the page). RSS feeds are a
quick, easy, and efficient way to publicize new information on your
website. They can be used to send text, audio, or video files.
There are many different ways for people to access your RSS feed.
They may choose to access it through their Web browser (if they have
a version that supports RSS feeds), through a Web-based RSS reader,
or through a desktop-based RSS reader. An RSS reader allows one
person to subscribe to many different feeds and read them all in one
place. The Web-based version can be accessed through a website,
and the desktop version downloads RSS feeds and stores them on the
user's computer. Both versions require an Internet connection.
An RSS feed is fairly easy to create and maintain, but someone with
Web development skills is needed to develop it. There are a number
of resources on the Web that will help with some initial coding and
give instructions on posting the feed to your main site. You'll have
Step 5: Distribute the Message — — Part 2
-------
1O9
to update the page yourself. An RSS feed page is not an application,
and it will not automatically search your site for new content and
post it. EPA has more information on RSS feeds on its website at
www. epa.gov/newsroom/rssfeeds. htm.
Podcasts
A podcast is a series of audio or video files distributed on the Web
for downloading and playback on personal devices such as iPods.
The most popular format for podcasts is the MP3 audio file format.
The difference between a podcast and an audio file posted on
your website is the method of delivery: Podcasts are delivered to
users when they sign up for the associated RSS feed. You set up the
RSS feed for your podcasts, and people sign up to receive the feed
through their chosen "podcatcher," such as iTunes or Juice. A pod-
catcher is software that automatically downloads the newest pod-
casts each time it is opened. Most offer a way to download these to
your MP3 player when it is connected to the computer.
If your group or organization frequently records audio or video con-
tent, such as information webcasts or videos of events, you might
want to considering offering that content as downloadable podcasts
for people who missed the live event or offering. They can listen at
their leisure, and they'll automatically receive any new information or
podcasts that you produce because they are subscribed to your feed.
Blogs and vlogs
Simply put, a blog is the Web version of a journal or diary. The word
blog is a contraction of Web log. A vlog is a video blog.The content
can be managed by a single user, a group of users, corporations,
agencies, or other organizations. Blogs can be written solely by
individuals or can be composed of contributions by many authors.
They offer an excellent forum for discussion, debate, and information
dissemination. Most blogs have comment features that can be turned
on or off at the author's discretion. Comments can be helpful when
you need to know what readers think of specific issues.
Some examples of free blogging hosts (most of which have premade
templates to get you up and running quickly) follow:
• Blogger.com
• Blogagotchi.com
• DiaryLand.com
• Livejournal.com
• JoumalHome.com
• WordPress.com
• Weebly.com
• Metaopic.com
Plymouth watershed
blog
This blog is used to document the
Plymouth watershed improvement
efforts in the town of Plymouth,
New York. It also allows the Plym-
outh Watershed Committee to
communicate information to the
town's residents and taxpayers.
(www.plymouthwatershed.
blogspot.com)
Interactive
Watersheds vlog
Mountain Visions, collaborating
with several partners, produces
unique interactive multimedia web-
sites for several watershed partner-
ships. Five of these now include
fully interactive, 360-degree pan-
orama virtual tours. Visit
http://gogrimm-vlog.blogspot.
com/2006/09/upper-sevier-river-
watershed-videos-1 .html where
you can provide comments on the
Upper Sevier watershed virtual
tour. (www.interactivewatersheds.
net/us wtrmap. h tml)
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
Thanks to interoperability between Web 2.0 technologies, it is a
relatively simple matter to insert videos, interactive maps (i.e., mash-
ups) and other types of content into a blog or traditional Web page.
Media-sharing sites
Flickr
www.flickr.com
Flickr is an online photo-sharing Web service that allows people to
share photos with others at little or no cost. Simply having a Yahoo!
account allows browsers to join Flickr. Once you have joined, you
can set up a profile for your organization or campaign that includes
all of your websites, contact information, a short introduction of your
purpose, and other information. You can also add key words for brows-
ers to search and find your photos. If you want to control the content
that is posted, you need only to set up a profile. However, if you want
to solicit content from others in your watershed or from other project
partners, you need to create a group. In a group, any of your members
can upload pictures to the group photo stream. As the administrator of
your group, you'll be able to delete and rearrange content.
A Flickr account can be a good way to promote your organization's
goals, reach new audiences, educate others on your group's activi-
ties, and share photos of outreach materials, low impact development
projects, stormwater flooding, or anything else. You can tag each
of the images you upload with as many key words as you like. If
someone searches the key word "river" and you have beautiful river
photos tagged or photos of volunteer activities involving rivers, they
can add you as a friend and see all of your new photos from their
homepage when you update. The Flickr network is a lot like the other
social media tools covered in this section: People log in to seek out
and become part of networks pertaining to their interests.
YouTube
www.you.tn.be. com
YouTube is another media site that allows anyone with an Internet
connection to upload videos in a number of different formats, which
can then be viewed all over the world. Anyone can view videos on
YouTube, but you need to set up an account to post videos. Your ac-
count, once active, is then called your channel. Any person or group
(e.g., private citizen, organization, or government agency) can set
up a channel. Viewers who access your channel can view all of your
public videos, search for their favorites, and add comments below
the videos. YouTube automatically tracks how many times your video
has been accessed, which makes it a useful tool when evaluating the
effectiveness of your campaigns. Some YouTube videos achieve quite
a bit of fame and become extremely popular "viral videos" that are
passed around the world by e-mail, social networking sites, blogs,
or even national media. Wouldn't it be nice if viral videos on storm-
water or nonpoint source pollution circulated around the country? It's
a lofty goal, but certainly achievable with the right video.
Step 5: Distribute the Message — — Part 2
-------
414
i
Your channel page can be designed to look like your organization's
website. The EPA YouTube channel page (www.youtube.com/user/
USEPAgov), for example, is designed to look like the EPA homepage at
www.epa.gov. It uses a similar banner and system of links that take the
viewer back to the EPA site to view more in-depth information. EPAs
YouTube channel currently has nearly 2,000 subscribers. EPA primarily
posts videos of speeches and events on current environmental topics.
YouTube videos can be embedded in your blog or homepage. This
simply means that a link to the video is put into the code of your
Web page and viewers of your site will be able to play the video
directly without having to go to www.youtube.com to start the video.
Other Methods of Online Information Sharing
Wikis
A wiki is a type of collaborative information site that allows us-
ers to create content and edit existing content. It consists of many
interlinked, searchable Web pages that hold information specific to
the theme of the wiki. Wikipedia is one of the first wikis to become
mainstream and is certainly the best known. It functions as a virtual
user-generated encyclopedia, where content is fact-checked by users
and new content is added continuously. Wikis are among the most
powerful information-sharing tools to come out of the online social
media revolution.
You can create your own wiki or join wikis that already exist. Wikis
are an effective way to share best practices, case studies, and lessons
learned and to see what other watershed organizations are up to and
learn from them. Wikis can also be used to identify partners and pub-
licize documents, reports, and events. They can help to build a com-
munity knowledge base that can spur sustainable behavior change.
Widgets
A widget is a small piece of code that can be programmed to perform
a function. A Web widget can be inserted into the code of your Web
page or downloaded to a user's Web page, blog, or social profile
to provide automatically updated information tidbits. Many Web
widgets display interesting facts about subjects such as water con-
servation, green living, or safe drinking water. Other widgets can be
designed to run on a user's desktop or mobile phone. These widgets
can do things like display the five-day weather forecast on the desk-
top or pull stock quotes for the user's portfolio.
EPA has a number of widgets available. For example, the Envi-
roFacts widget (www. epa.gov/widgets/#envirofacts) allows visi-
tors to your page to search several EPA databases for information
about environmental activities that might affect air, water, and
land in the United States. The Daily Actions widget (www.epa.gov/
widgets/#dailyactions) displays a daily suggestion for things people
can do to promote conservation and green living.
Watershed wikis
provide platforms
for information
sharing
EPA's Watershed Central wiki
integrates watershed groups, tools,
and processes around the water-
shed management approach. For
more information, visit EPA's web-
site at www.epa.gov/
wa tershedcen tral/wiki. h tml.
The San Diego Coastkeeper wiki
(www.sdwatersheds.org) is a
platform to share information and
data about the San Diego region's
watersheds, along with the data
collected through San Diego Coast-
keeper's water quality monitoring
program.
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
Want to know
about watersheds
in Sarasota County,
Florida? Just call! '
The Science and Environment
Council of Sarasota County (SEC),
with partial funding from the
Southwest Florida Water Manage-
ment District, developed a free
watershed audio tour. Fifteen
unique watershed-related top-
ics are highlighted on the tour,
which is narrated by staff
from different SEC member
organizations.
Easily accessed from any cell
phone, the Watershed Mobile
Phone Audio Tour is the first of its
kind in Sarasota County. Dial (941)
926-6813 and listen to messages
about topics such as how litter
and pollution affect sea life and
how wetlands play important roles
in watersheds. Although you can
listen to a message from anywhere,
visiting the sites listed on the menu
provides an up-close and personal
experience. For more information
visit www.secsc.org.
Text messaging
Mobile phones have become ubiquitous in society. The newest phones
have e-mail and Internet capabilities that allow users to do anything
from checking their e-mail and getting driving directions to rearrang-
ing their stock portfolios. People rely on their mobile phones for more
than just calls; text messaging is now a staple of society. Text messag-
ing is a powerful tool for keeping in touch with your audience. Creat-
ing a text messaging list (similar to an online mailing list) can be an
excellent way to remind members of your audience about your events
and issues. Text messages sent a day or two before an event can be
a reminder to people already planning to come or an announcement
to subscribers who were unaware of the opportunity. Text messages
can keep subscribers up-to-date with new developments and updates
to your website. With many phones having Internet capability, it is
possible to text the URL of your mobile-accessible website and allow
people to check it as soon as they get the message.
Text messaging campaigns can be less time- and labor-intensive than
traditional print campaigns. You'll need to advertise the service both
on your website and on any other publicity materials you produce.
Once you have a growing subscriber list, however, sending out mes-
sages is relatively inexpensive and quick. Many colleges and universi-
ties are using this kind of system to keep in touch with their student
populations. Many of them began as alert systems for times of crisis,
but now they tend to offer information about on-campus events and
meetings as well as safety information and even weather updates. As
per the advice for using Twitter, take care to not send trivial or too-
frequent text messages to your group to avoid annoying them.
The future of the Web and outreach activities
Web 2.0 and new social media advancements have made it easier than
ever for users to access and create online content that suits their needs
and interests. The outreach professional is now empowered to take
control of Web content. You can update your information instanta-
neously and customize the text with images, videos, and widgets that
make your site ultimately more useful for the public and more popular
because of its usefulness. New ways to remind people about events
and keep your finger on the pulse of your target audience can have
positive effects on how your message is spread. Ultimately, harness-
ing this new technology can grow your program and springboard you
toward reaching your program goals and objectives. Keep in mind,
though, that Web technologies evolve quickly. What's popular today
might not be popular two years from now. Try to keep up as much
as possible with the latest trends. Finally, remember not to become
overly enamored with the technology, which must take a back seat to
your messages. Your content must be compelling in its own right.
Mail
The mail delivery system can be a good distribution vehicle if the target
audience can be defined geographically or if you have access to a mail-
ing list that encompasses your audience (e.g., developers, teachers).
Step 5: Distribute the Message
Part 2
-------
The U.S. Postal Service (USPS) has established procedures for bulk
mailings, and it's advisable to contact the post office early to discuss
the pros and cons of this delivery approach. For more information on
bulk mail, visit www.usps.gov. Whether sending envelopes, post cards,
or CDs to your audience, be sure that you know exactly what rate ap-
plies to each piece of mail so you can stay within your budget. For ex-
ample, to qualify for USPS post card rates, a card must be rectangular,
at least 3V2 inches high by 5 inches long by 0.007 inch thick, and no
more than 41A inches high by 6 inches long by 0.016 inch thick. Stick-
ers, magnets, and other items should not be attached to postcards.
To be eligible for mailing at the standard postage rate for First-Class
mail, a piece must fit into a rectangle at least 31A inches high by 5 inch-
es long by 0.007 inch thick, and no more than 6 inches high by 111A
inches long by % inch thick. The postal service charges extra postage
for mail that's too stiff, too square, or unusually shaped. Such mail can
jam postal equipment and make processing difficult. These problems
cost the USPS time and money—and could ruin your mailing.
Another option for mailing larger items (e.g., posters, large news
letters) is to fold them into letter-size pieces. Folded pieces can save
time and money because you're not paying for envelopes or stuffing
them. A good way to close the documents is to use wafer seals or tab
stickers. Don't use staples because they can catch in postal equip-
ment.
The USPS uses the words flats and non-letters to refer to large en-
velopes, newsletters, and magazines. Whatever you call them, flats
must have one dimension greater than 6 inches high or 11 Vz inches
long or Vi inch thick and be no more than 12 inches high by 15
inches long by 3A inch thick.
The maximum size for a flat gives you plenty of room to put lots of
material in the envelope. But keep in mind that the more you put
into an envelope, the more it weighs. And the more it weighs, the
more postage you pay, especially for First-Class mail.
News media
The news media can provide a fast and effective way to distrib-
ute your message. Step 4 describes working with the new media
in greater detail since in this case format and distribution are so
closely linked. Keep in mind that when using the media, or any other
message distribution format, it's helpful to remember the standard
formula for producing results in marketing campaigns:
Reach X frequency = results
The number of people receiving your message (reach) multiplied by
the number of times they receive it (frequency), along with the quality
of your message, will determine the impact of your effort. Hitting the
target audience once with a great message just won't do the job. They
Bulk mail 101
The USPS offers dis-
counts for bulk mailings
because you do some of
the work that the USPS
would otherwise do. To
mail at bulk rates, you need to:
• Get a mailing permit (one-time
fee of $150) and pay an annual
mailing fee ($150 per year).* To
keep your mailing permit active,
you must send a mailing at least
once every two years.
• Pay postage using pre-canceled
stamps, a postage meter, or a
permit imprint.
• Make sure your addresses are
current.
• Presort the mailings by ZIP
Code.
• Take your mail to the post office
where you hold your mailing
permit.
To qualify for bulk mailing dis-
counts, you must mail at least
500 identical pieces for First Class
(maximum weight of 13 ounces)
and 200 pieces for Standard
mail (maximum weight of 15.99
ounces). "Identical" means they are
the same size, shape, and weight.
In addition to bulk mail rates, non-
profit organizations might be eligi-
ble for additional mailing privileges.
The post office offers nonprofit
groups discounted mailing rates. To
apply for nonprofit mailing rates,
visit the USPS website, www.usps.
com/send/waystosendmail/
senditwithintheus/nonprofit
standardmail.htm
*2009 prices
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
•444
have to hear it over and over again—just like preschoolers learning
their ABCs. That's why you see the same ads broadcast time after time
on TV and radio. After a while, the marketers know their message will
break through the clutter and resonate with you, possibly motivating
you to buy a particular product or vote for a particular candidate.
Delivering educational, promotional, or motivational messages
through the news media is similar to distributing them through other
mechanisms. If you want results, you need to repeat the message
frequently and link it to something the audience values. Covering
watershed issues from several different angles can help accomplish
this. Orienting yourself to the workings of the media and the needs of
reporters will help keep your program focused and effective.
Timing is everything
Once you've figured out how to deliver your message, the next step
is to figure out when to deliver it. For a major community event, give
the community plenty of time to add it to their calendars. And as de-
scribed in Step 4, any distribution to involve the media must be sent
well in advance.
The response you're looking for from the target audience can affect
when you distribute your message. For example, if you have prepared
calendars, you need to have them distributed in November, when
people start shopping for the next year's calendar. If you're promoting
fall fertilization, residents need to receive the flyers at the beginning
of spring before they consider purchasing additional fertilizer, and
possibly again in early fall.
Once your message has been distributed, it's likely that your organi-
zation will be deluged with questions from the media, local business-
es, schools, and members of the public. Be prepared for both positive
and negative comments. Once you get an idea of what they want to
know, prepare a list of Frequently Asked Questions (with answers, of
course!) for your staff members or volunteers to have on hand.
Staffing the effort
Now that your organization has created a message and chosen its
format and means of distribution, the question of resource needs is
likely to come up. Think about forming partnerships with local and
regional organizations that work on related issues. Also look to busi-
nesses and schools that might be interested in providing funding or
staff time. Think about tying your message into a business or organi-
zation activity already in place to save time, money, and effort.
Recruit volunteers and interns
A massive outreach campaign can take up considerable staff time to
ensure success. The cost of door-to-door visits, phone calls, and other
in-person activities might exceed your current means. The KOPE kids
of Utah overcame this barrier by partnering with local artists, biolo-
gists, horticulturalists, and others to get the message out in their fight
Step 5: Distribute the Message — — Part 2
-------
115
to save Hidden Hollow from development. These people had a special
interest in the project that made them willing to volunteer on behalf of
the creek. ^) Check out the Getting In Step video.
A large organization might be able to donate staff from other depart-
ments until the campaign ends. If funding is available, hire a few
part-time interns or an entry-level person. Also look to your partner
organizations for additional staff members. They might be willing to
pay their employees for their time, saving you valuable funding. It's
likely those employees are already involved with and knowledgeable of
the issues, saving training time as well.
A more affordable method is to poll for volunteers. Recruit through the
newspaper, on the local college campus, or during community events.
It's quite possible you'll run into several citizens who are already inter-
ested in the issue. In turn, their increased knowledge and participation
will help them spread the news in their peer groups. Ensure success by
gathering volunteers from the target audience.
If you're strapped for staff, you should also consider using interns, in
addition to volunteers. If students can work for college credit instead of
monetary payment, your bottom line will be better off. Obviously, stu-
dents in environmental science-related majors would be ideal; however,
students in the journalism, marketing, and media production programs
at local universities and community colleges can also be recruited for
outreach projects. Contact the universities and colleges in your area
and ask about working together to set up an internship program or a
senior or master's project program.
Piggybacking your message
Piggybacking, or attaching your message onto someone else's message,
is the easiest and usually most effective way to distribute the message.
If the target audience receives a certain periodical or service (e.g., town
newsletter, utility bill), it will be more effective to include your message
in that publication than to send it separately. For example, if you're try-
ing to reach pet owners, you might want to advertise your message in
the local vet's newsletter. It will also increase the likelihood that mem-
bers of the target audience will actually read your message because
they're already familiar with the publication. Piggybacking helps you
to reach the audience, and it helps the editor of the host publication
generate content for the next issue—a win-win situation for everyone.
Go on the road
Conferences, workshops, and other events are also ideal for piggybacking
because they can be fairly expensive to conduct on your own. If a local
kennel club is sponsoring a dog show, ask if you can set up an exhibit on
the importance of picking up after pets or if the show organizers are will-
ing to distribute free pick-up bags with your program logo to the attend-
ees. Keep yourself informed of conferences and events in which members
of the target audience will be involved, and contact the event organizers
to see how you might be able to piggyback your event or message. Of-
Part 2
Step 5: Distribute the Message
-------
DISTRIBUTION
TARGET
AUDIENCE
Building Blocks:
Step 5: Distribute the message
In Step 4 (Package your message), the hypothetical Herndon County developed
water bill inserts, subway transit posters, and full-size educational posters. County
staff made arrangements with the local water authority to include the water bill
inserts in their quarterly bills to county residents. The water authority was
eager to oblige because it had been looking for ways to reduce
drinking water treatment costs. It knew that if residents were able
to significantly reduce water pollution to the local lake (also the
county's drinking water supply), water treatment costs
would drop.
The county also used a bulk mail account with the postal service to send the post-
ers to targeted audiences (e.g., lawn and garden stores, garden clubs,
homeowner associations, lawn care companies), as well as the local com-
munity college.
To help pay for the cost of displaying the posters in the subway,
the county teamed up with the Herndon chapter of Trout Unlim-
ited. The chapter paid the subway poster fee for six months and
also donated $1,000 for printing costs.
fering staff time and other in-kind services will make your request more
appealing to the event organizers.
Work with local businesses
Using selected businesses to deliver your message can increase the likeli-
hood of reaching the target audience and save money on postage. For
example, if you develop a brochure on oil recycling, ask to display the
brochure at auto parts supply outlets. Keep in mind that businesses will
be more likely to distribute your materials if there is an added benefit to
them. So if you ask septic tank pumpers to distribute refrigerator mag-
nets containing information on what should and should not go into a
septic system, include a space on the magnet for the customer to write
down the hauler's name, phone number, and next service date.
PROCESS CHECKLIST
Step 5: Distribute the message
Step 5: Distribute the Message
Do I have the resources necessary to distribute the message?
Will I have enough time to distribute the message?
Will I be able to distribute messages in this format effectively?
Have I chosen the appropriate marketing method for my message?
Do I have the right messenger?
-------
v
Evaluate the outreach
campaign
Evaluation provides a feedback mechanism for ongoing improve-
ment of your outreach effort. Many people don't think about how
they'll evaluate the success of their outreach program until after the
program has been implemented. Building an evaluation component
into the plan from the beginning, however, will ensure that at least
some accurate feedback on outreach program impact is generated.
Ideally, feedback generated during the early stages of the project will
be used immediately in making preliminary determinations about
program effectiveness. Adapting elements of the outreach effort con-
tinually as new information is received ensures that ineffective com-
ponents are adjusted or scrapped while pieces of the program that are
working are supported and enhanced.
Why evaluate?
Outreach programs often involve a tremendous amount of effort and
resources, and evaluation will help you build support for ongoing
funding and save you time and money. Justifying the program—
showing how it supports achieving the overall goals and objectives—
means identifying what worked, fixing what didn't, and ensuring
that outreach continues to enhance the watershed program. You
need to know what worked and why so you can build on successes
or make adjustments in the future. Perhaps you used foundation or
other funds that require a demonstration that water quality actually
improved or other measurable progress was made. Whether solicit-
ing funds from private or public sources, you'll be in a much stronger
position if you can show that your program is working.
The success of outreach programs depends on how well they're
conceived, planned, implemented, and adapted. Evaluating success
is not difficult if you initially develop concrete, measurable objec-
tives against which your achievements can be compared. In addition,
focusing the outreach effort on discrete target audiences provides a
manageable approach for both implementing the outreach program
and measuring its success.
When to evaluate
Although evaluation is the final step in a multistep process, it starts
at the beginning of the project. As explained in Step 1, evaluation
tools must be built into your outreach campaign at the beginning
and along every step of the way to ensure that accurate feedback is
generated. This method is commonly called adaptive management.
Adaptive management is a process for continually improving your
goals and objectives, messages, formats, and distribution mechanisms
by learning from the tasks you've implemented. Adaptive manage-
ment keeps you from charging ahead blindly and being paralyzed by
What's in Step 6?
• Why evaluate?
• When to evaluate
• Types of evaluations
• Where do I go from here?
North Carolina
television PSAs
show results
The North Carolina Clean Water
Education Partnership (CWEP) ran
a TV PSA campaign in the spring,
summer, and fall of 2007 on general
stormwater pollution, buffer care,
motor oil disposal, and car washing.
CWEP aired 2,674 spots across seven
TV stations in the Coastal and Trian-
gle media markets in North Carolina
at a cost of more than $150,000 (less
than $60 per airing).
Following the campaign, survey
results showed a statistically sig-
nificant increase in the number of
respondents who know that non-
point sources are the major source
of water pollution, that stormwater
flows to creeks and streams, and
how to properly dispose of motor
oil and lawn clippings. CWEP also
found that the TV ad drove visitors
to its website at the start of the cam-
paign. CWEP also ran corresponding
bilingual radio ads.
For more information, contact Sarah
Bruce at (919) 558-9343 or
sbruce@tjcog.org and visit CWEP at
www.ncCleanWater.org.
Part 2
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign
-------
indecision later. It helps you learn from your mistakes and build on
your successes.
Because you're selling ideas, attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors with
your outreach campaign, rather than products and services, you won't
have product sales goals to help you evaluate your success. Therefore,
you need to be in tune with your campaign so you can set measurable
benchmarks along the way. Be on the lookout for evaluation oppor-
tunities when creating formats or deciding on a distribution method.
For example, when you're building a website for your campaign, make
sure you monitor Web traffic so that you can see how many more
people visit the website after PSAs are run on TV or after a commu-
nity event. Don't leave evaluation until the end of the project.
Google Analytics is one easy way to monitor Web traffic. Google
Analytics (www.google.com/analytics) is a free service that gives you
insight into your website traffic and outreach effectiveness. By adding
a short piece of code (provided by Google Analytics) to your website,
it will track things such as number of Web visitors from all sources
(e.g., search engines, referring sites, e-mails, etc.), which pages get the
most hits, how long viewers spend on the site, what state or country
they are from, and many other statistics.
Types of evaluations
Outreach programs typically have interrelated sets of objectives and
tasks linked to a specific goal. The goal of the program—improving
water quality or, more specifically, reducing phosphorus loadings by
half over the next five years (for example)—is typically supported by a
number of objectives, which might or might not have specific outreach
components. An outreach program evaluation includes the following
three types of evaluation:
• Process evaluation: Includes indicators related to the execution of
the outreach program itself (activity indicators). For example, what
effect did the effort have on the process? Did people attend the
meetings? Did the message get to the media?
• Impact evaluation: Includes indicators related to achievement of
the goals/objectives of the program. These could be social indica-
tors (behavior-based) or environmental indicators. For example,
EPA's Nonpoint Source Outreach Toolbox houses past surveys
You can find a collection of baseline attitude surveys, stormwater program-related surveys, and
evaluations of media campaigns from around the country in EPA's Nonpoint Source Outreach Tool-
box (www.epa.gov/nps/toolbox). From the main page, click on "Surveys & Evaluations." Review any
surveys or evaluations conducted in your state or beyond to obtain information on local or regional
nonpoint source attitudes and behaviors. You will also find statistics related to how successful vari-
ous related outreach campaigns have been. In addition, many of the surveys provided in the Toolbox include
the survey instrument itself, which you can use as a basis for developing your own survey questions.
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign — Part 2
-------
did the audience adopt the new behavior? Have nutrient levels
decreased as a result of the behavior change?
• Context evaluation: Includes indicators related to how the project
functions in the community as a whole, how the community per-
ceives the project, and the economic and political ramifications of
the project. Context indicators can provide some background and
perspective on why certain approaches appear to be working well
while others are not. For example, was the effort well received by
the public?
The following table presents a hypothetical set of indicators related
to a watershed outreach program. Note that some of the indicators
measure direct environmental impact (e.g., phosphorus or solids
concentrations), whereas others measure attributes of the process
employed to achieve those impacts (e.g., number of workshops). The
worksheet in Appendix A (page A-3) can be used to build evalua-
tion measures into each step when you first develop your outreach
plan. Appendix D provides an evaluation worksheet that you can
119
C
r
Project goal(i)
Task* or activities required to achieve each objective
Examples of indicators for various goals, objectives, and tasks
Goal
Objective
Task/Activity
Indicators
Improve Water
Quality
Objective A: Reduce
phosphorus loadings
from subwatershed X
Objective B: Reduce
erosion and sediment
from construction sites
Overall Indicator: Attainment of
water quality criteria and designated
uses (impact)
• Reduction in soluble reactive
phosphorus concentrations (impact)
Offer free soil testing to
row crop farmers
• Total acres of soil tested; farmers
reached (process)
• Number of farmers applying fertilizer
based on soil tests (impact)
Conduct workshops for
homeowner lawn care
• Number of workshops held; total
attendees (process)
Target: 40 percent decrease in total
suspended solids and turbidity
measurements (impact)
Train job site
superintendents in
proper erosion and
sediment control
practices
Number of training sessions held;
total number of attendees (process)
Pre/post tests on knowledge of
erosion and sediment control
practices (impact)
Conduct random
inspections of
construction sites to
review erosion and
sediment control
practices
Inspections conducted; resulting
scores; referrals of low-score sites to
training program (impact)
Inspection score trends over time
(impact)
Part 2
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign
-------
Hotlines help in
evaluation
The Bear Creek Watershed Project in
western Michigan set up a hotline
for homeowner associations to use
when they see that builders or resi-
dents aren't complying with the new
stream buffer ordinances. Project
organizers monitor the number of
calls received.
Check out the Getting In Step
video.
use when evaluating your campaign during and after the steps are
implemented.
Process evaluations
Process evaluations focus on the implementation of activities related
to budget requirements, schedules, staff resources, and tasks or activ-
ities. Process evaluation occurs as the program is being implemented,
early enough in the outreach delivery process to allow modifications
before too many resources have been expended. Evaluating planning
processes and program activities as they occur increases the likeli-
hood that outreach programs will achieve their objectives. The evalu-
ation resembles a plan-do-check-act procedure.
Process evaluations help determine whether sound objectives were
developed, target audiences were properly analyzed, and appropri-
ate messages were crafted. Continuous evaluation during the plan-
ning and implementation process helps clarify program objectives
and keeps activities sharply defined. Evaluations can also occur after
completion of each step in the process by reviewing the proposed
plan with staff and analyzing decisions at each phase or after each
task or activity. Conducting cursory pretests of materials on represen-
tative samples of the target audience and confirming tests with focus
groups also provide valuable evaluation information.
This sort of "early warning system" can include logging the costs of
specific activities, checking the frequency of material distribution,
making contact with distribution outlets to see if materials were
received in a timely manner, reviewing media clippings to determine
Georgia surveys elected officials to focus coastal
outreach efforts
The Georgia Coastal Management Program (GCMP) was faced with the challenge of educating a
rapidly growing public about the natural resources on which its sought-after quality of life is based.
Because most land use decisions are made at the local level, much attention has been focused on local
government and elected officials.
To develop a personal relationship with those local officials, staff from the GCMP conducted face-to-
face surveys with more than 80 of them. "We asked them what the most important natural resource
issues were in their communities and how they thought the Coastal Management Program should
focus its efforts," said Beth Turner of the GCMP. The results showed that 75 percent of local govern-
ment officials recognize the importance of protecting groundwater resources from saltwater intrusion
and contamination, but only 25 percent of the officials mentioned nonpoint source pollution as a
natural resource issue for their communities. "We know that nonpoint source pollution is a widespread
problem in our coastal area, and the fact that the elected officials are not aware of it shows us where
to concentrate our outreach efforts," Turner stated.
-Beth Turner, Georgia Coastal Management Program
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign
Part 2
-------
how news releases and articles are being published, monitoring the
number of responses to messages (attendees at an event, responses
to surveys, callers to information lines), tracking workshop atten-
dance registration, and gathering information through focus groups
or surveys to determine distribution effectiveness.
Impact evaluations
Impact evaluations assess the outcome or impacts produced by the
outreach program and are directly tied to the original objectives.
This type of evaluation measures the effect of an outreach program
on the target audience by asking, "To what extent did we achieve
our objective?" Typical performance measures under impact evalua-
tions include increased awareness, knowledge of an issue, changes
in perceptions or behavior, repeat participation in a targeted activity,
and goal-oriented measures of water quality improvements. Be aware
that sometimes unintended outcomes can result from an outreach
program, and if there is evidence that such outcomes are prevalent,
the evaluation can attempt to capture and define them so the pro-
gram can be revised. When conducting impact evaluations, you need
to use both water quality indicators and social indicators.
Water quality indicators
Water quality indicators are where the rubber meets the road. Indi-
cators are measurable parameters used to link pollutant sources to
environmental conditions. EPA's Stakeholder Guide provides a list of
example environmental indicators, such as number of permits reis-
sued with new limits, stability and condition of riparian vegetation,
and amount of fertilizer sold or used. The water quality indicators
you choose should be directly related to your goals and objectives so
that you can more easily determine project successes and failures.
Keep in mind that although measuring environmental success is not
difficult, in outreach programs it can take years before environmental
improvements can be seen.
Social Indicators
Social indicators are those indicators that describe what behavior
changes have taken place. In The Social Indicator Planning and Evalu-
ation System (SIPES) for Nonpoint Source Management: A Handbook
for Projects in USEPA Region 5, the Regional Social Indicators Team
describes a step-by-step system for using social indicators to help plan,
implement, and evaluate nonpoint source projects. The handbook
defines social indicators as measures that describe the capacity, skills,
awareness, knowledge, values, beliefs, and behaviors of individu-
als, households, organizations, and communities. A list of core social
indicators is provided to address various components of the behavior
change process:
• Increased awareness of technical issues or recommended practices
• Changed attitudes to facilitate desired behavior changes
• Reduced constraints (barriers) to behavior change
Mill Creek project
combines process
and impact evaluation
to show results
To evaluate whether stream bank
fencing improved water quality, Natu-
ral Resources Conservation Service
project staff used several different
indicators. Some measured changes
in water quality, while others mea-
sured how successful they were at
reaching the audiences. All of these
indicators strengthened the evalu-
ation program so that NRCS could
make adjustments based on the infor-
mation collected.
Some indicators measured were the
following:
Number of farmers who showed
interest by contacting project staff
(impact and context)
Number of articles published in
the local media outlets (process)
Number of farm tours given
(process)
• Miles of stream bank fenced
(impact)
• Water quality measurements of
suspended solids and fecal
coliforms (impact).
Check out the Getting In Step
video.
Part 2
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign
-------
Measuring online success
Fortunately many sites for blogging, media sharing, and social networking have built-in ways that
help you keep track of usage and other statistics. For example, YouTube has a video view counter
that can be used to track how many times your video is viewed. Following are several other others
ways to evaluate online success.
Hit counters and website traffic reports
Web designers can easily build hit counters into websites to help track site use and activity. There are
also a number of free services that you can find online that will track hits and send you e-mail statistics
about website traffic. One example is Google Analytics, a free service that involves including a specific
piece of code in your Web page coding that allows Google Analytics to automatically track a variety
of things. These include number of unique visitors, how people find your site, how they navigate
through it, what key word they searched on to find your site, visitors' organizations, and whether visi-
tors are being directed to your site from another site. The Northern Virginia Clean Water Partners used
Google Analytics to track Web traffic in its "Only Rain Down the Storm Drain" campaign.
Polls and surveys
The number of responses you get on polls and surveys can tell you something about who is on your
website and who is interested in the subject presented. Short, easy polls and surveys are most likely
to garner a response from users. There are also a number of free polling services online, including
Go2Poll (www.go2poll.com) and Independent Poll Service (www.yourfreepoll.com).
• Increased capacity to leverage resources
• Increased capacity to support appropriate practices
• Increased adoption of practices to maintain or improve water
quality.
The social indicators handbook provides detailed examples of each
type of social indicator listed above. To download it, go to www.wvex.
edu/ces/regionalwaterquality/Flagships/SI-Docs/SI%20Handbook6-08.
pdf.
Other social indicators include the kinds of things you would ask
about in a public survey following your outreach campaign. For ex-
ample, you might want to know what percentage of all the residents
who reportedly saw your TV PSA on picking up pet waste now pick up
after their pets compared to how many did so before the TV PSA aired.
In addition to surveys, assessment tools for impact evaluations in-
clude focus groups, interviews, and, of course, actual measurement
of improvements in water quality. A common impact evaluation tool
is to compare behaviors, attitudes, or beliefs of the target audience
before and after the outreach program is implemented. If you intend
to use the pretest/posttest approach, it's critical to obtain target
audience baseline information on the issues linked to the program
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign — Part 2
-------
objectives before the outreach program is implemented so valid com-
parisons can be made.
Design your pretest and your program with the end result in mind-
attainment of the objective, whether it be related to knowledge or
awareness of an issue or a change in behavior (e.g., adopting BMPs).
When planning an impact evaluation, it's important to clearly iden-
tify the time frame for measuring results because the true impact of a
number of programs is realized long after the activities have ceased.
It can take up to 10 years for water quality improvements associated
with the implementation of BMPs to be detected.
Another impact evaluation approach is direct measurement of actions
taken by the target audience. For example, if your outreach program
encouraged residents to leave grass clippings on their lawns, you
could measure the amount of yard waste going to the landfill before
and after the program is implemented. Oil recycling can be measured
by tracking recycled oil drop-off trends at area collection centers. The
Empowerment Institute's Sustainable Lifestyle Campaign, which uses
neighbor-to-neighbor outreach to encourage natural resource conser-
vation and protection, measures success in terms of household utility
cost savings.
Setting targets in terms of the indicators that will be used during the
evaluation provides a yardstick against which progress can be mea-
sured. For example, the target value for total suspended solids and
turbidity might be 40 percent less than current readings. A target for
soil testing might be to test 80 percent of all row crop fields within
300 feet of a waterway.
Context evaluations
Finally, examining contextual information related to the audience, the
outreach program, and the watershed issues under study can provide
some perspective on what's working, what's not, and why. Assessing
how the project functions within the economic, social, and political
environment of the community helps to uncover aspects of the objec-
tive, message, audience, format, or distribution mechanism that might
be affecting results. For example, choosing an inappropriate messenger
can compromise the success of a project regardless of other factors.
Other community or cultural factors can also play a huge role. Such
factors include perceptions that one group is bearing a disproportion-
ate burden for correcting water quality problems, cost-share funding
eligibility criteria are unfair, or preferential treatment is being afforded
to some stakeholders. Focus groups that examine the social, economic,
political, and cultural context of your project can identify problems
that weren't noticed during the planning or execution phase.
Care must be taken when designing evaluation tools to ensure that
targeted variables are being accurately assessed. It is often difficult
to trace water quality improvements directly to a specific program
or action, just as it is difficult to attribute purchasing behavior to a
Several baseline attitude
surveys, stormwater
prog ram-related sur-
veys, and evaluations of
media campaigns from around the
country can be found in EPA's NPS
Outreach Toolbox (www.epa.gov/
owow/nps/toolbox/surveys.htm).
Part 2
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign
-------
Building Blocks:
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach
Campaign
After running the transit ads for six months, distributing the
water bill insert in two bill mailings, and distributing more than
500 posters, the hypothetical Herndon County con-
ducted a post-project, random-digit-dialing survey of
county residents to measure the impact of its "Fertilize in
the Fall. That's All!" outreach campaign on local
attitudes and behaviors. The county found that
70 percent of county residents were aware
that lawn fertilizer is a significant contributor to local water
quality degradation (a 50 percent increase from pre-campaign
estimates). In addition, more than 55 percent of residents
said they planned to change their fertilizer habits and
fertilize only in the fall.
TARGET
«IWENCE
specific advertisement or product attribute. A little creativity, some insight,
and a variety of different perspectives are important ingredients in designing
evaluation programs.
/~>
Where do I go from
here?
Congratulations! You've just
completed all the steps neces-
sary to develop an effective,
executable outreach plan. Use
the worksheets in Appendix A
to help organize your plan and
identify possible gaps. In Part 3,
Implementing the Campaign,
you'll learn how to put your
plan into action.
A PROCESS CHECKLIST
I Step 6: Evaluate the outreach campaign
Q Do I have a baseline on the target audience's behaviors, beliefs, and
attitudes?
Q How will I know whether the target audience has received the message?
Q What tools will be used to assess the impact of the outreach campaign?
Q Can those tools be used if the campaign changes?
Q What will be done with the results of the evaluation?
Q Who will be responsible for tracking budgets and schedules?
Q Do I have the resources to use pre/post survey or evaluation techniques?
Q Is the outreach campaign accountable to the public, government
agencies, another organization, or other funding sources?
Step 6: Evaluate the Outreach Campaign
Part 2
-------
125
Part 3: Implementing
the campaign
In Part 1 you learned how to get started, and in Part 2 you learned
about the six steps of outreach and how to develop an outreach
campaign plan. In Part 3 you'll learn some tricks of the trade to get
you started on implementing the campaign you've planned.
Developing an operating plan
From the outreach plan you developed in Part 1, you need to create a
"to do" list in tabular format (like the one on page 126) to figure out
who's going to do what and by when, and to identify how much each
task will cost. This table will become your day-to-day operating plan.
Don't worry if there are holes in it. You can beef up staff numbers by
forming partnerships with other local agencies and organizations, and
you can increase your budget by applying for grants or obtaining in-
kind services. Tips are provided below to help you secure additional
resources—both people and dollars.
The key is to outline your operating plan based on what will achieve
the objectives in the overall campaign plan you developed in Part 1.
When you first create the table, focus on the activities and the time
frame needed. If you determine that you can't complete the activities
because of lack of funding or staff, you can make choices to scale
back certain activities or phase in activities over time. You can find a
blank operating plan matrix to use in implementing your campaign at
the end of Appendix A.
What's in Part 3?
• Developing an operating plan
• Scheduling
• Determining resources and
support
• Maintaining the momentum
• Overcoming barriers to success
• A final thought
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
Uj
.
Sample Operating Plan Matrix
Goal: Increase awareness of residential nutrient runoff and encourage behaviors that will reduce nutrient pollution in local streams and lakes.
Objective: Post educational posters in Greater Herndon/Carlisle Metropolitan Transit Authority subway stations by Earth Day.
Activity/Product
Develop 5 posters
for 7 subway
stations and post
them.
Evaluation Indicators
• Number of posters
hung
• Number of hits on
county website before
and after posters are
hung
• Post-project random
phone survey to
measure impact of
posters
Time Frame/Due Date
• Contact subway
authority: February 1
• Develop text/theme for
each poster: February
15
• Develop layout: March
17
• Send to printer: March
24
• Hang posters: April 1
(before Earth Day)
Reponsible Party
Communications
director of county
Water Division
in Public Works
Department
Resources Needed
Staff time
40 hours
Status/Comments
Dollars
• Printing: $2,000
($1,000 to be
donated by Trout
Unlimited)
• Subway ad fee:
$3,000 per ad for
6 months (possibly
donated by transit
authority)
Communications
director will contact
Greater Herndon/
Carlisle Metropolitan
Transit Authority
director to inquire
about procedural
requirements and
whether they might
be willing to waive
subway ad fee for
6 months.
Objective: Educate local businesses about proper nutrient management by developing and implementing a speakers bureau within 3 months.
Develop slide show,
handout materials,
and evaluation form
Conduct
three 2-hour
presentations
• Based on evaluation
forms collected, how
well the materials were
received
• Number of attendees
at presentations
• How many
presentations were
made
• How many
follow-up phone calls
were received because
of infor-mation
presented
• Based on evaluations,
whether attendees
benefited from the
presentations
• Develop draft slide
show text: January 17
• Identify appropriate
photos: January 17
• Develop 1-page
evaluation form:
January 21
• Submit materials to
reviewers: January 22
• Finalize all materials and
make copies: January
31
• Develop list of targeted
businesses with contact
info: January 3
• Make initial calls to
businesses to gauge
interest: January 10
• Secure meeting
locations: January 20
• Send invitations:
January 27
• Conduct presentations:
February 19-21
Public affairs assistant
Public affairs
assistant to schedule
presentations
Community liaison to
give presentations
Staff time
60 hours
Staff time
Schedule
presentations:
15 hours
Presentations: three
2-hour presentations
+ travel time + setup
time (9 hours)
Dollars
Handouts: $10
Name tags: $5
Dollars
Handouts: $10
Name tags: $5
Try to have a good
mix of business types
in each presentation.
Try to have a good
mix of business types
in each presentation.
-------
Scheduling
Your day-to-day activities can be translated into a working calendar.
Update it frequently and provide it to your workgroup. You can show
when items need to be mailed, who needs to be called, when press
releases have to be e-mailed, and so forth.
Determining resources and support
Once you've started filling in your operating plan and your working
calendar, you'll know why determining available resources and sup-
port to implement your campaign is the next critical step. You'll need
three basic things to launch your campaign: staff, technical support,
and financial support. Do you have the resources to conduct the
background research to develop your plan? Do you have the resourc-
es to implement your plan? If your plan is larger than your budget,
think about ways you can alter the plan or consider looking outside
your organization for support. In addition, consider forming partner-
ships to pool funding and expand potential impact. Partnerships can
often help sustain an effort after initial seed money has been spent.
Refer to Part 1, Getting Started, to read more about setting up part-
nerships.
How partnerships can help
Partnerships can be well-planned campaign components or they can
be a natural outgrowth of your objectives. Either way, they can help
you achieve things you might not otherwise be able to do on your
own. For example, if one of your objectives is to create door hang-
ers with tips for homeowners, the local Girl Scout council would be
a logical partner to help strengthen the message and distribute the
flyers. Although informal groups might not be eligible to receive as
many grants or resources, by aligning themselves with nonprofit or-
ganizations or public agencies, they can often find access to funding
without having to go through the hassle of setting up a corporation
or applying for tax-exempt status, allowing them to focus instead on
the issue of concern.
Formal partnerships are those established by law, initiated through
formal public agency action, or incorporated under the laws of a
state. Most formally organized watershed groups are nonprofit orga-
nizations that meet the charitable, education, scientific, or other re-
quirements outlined for tax-exempt corporations under section 501 (c)
[3) of the federal Internal Revenue Code.
Whether formal or informal, partnerships can provide critical input
and support for your outreach campaign throughout all six steps of
the process.
Where to find partners
State or local environmental organizations and regional planning
agencies (sometimes referred to as councils of government) should be
the first place to start looking for partners. Key partners also include
Media partners
help carry the load
When tasked with increasing
public awareness and under-
standing of watershed issues, the
Lake Champlain Basin Program
(LCBP) turned to its local NBC
television affiliate, WPTZ, in
February 1999. WPTZ's broadcast
region nearly mirrors the Lake
Champlain watershed, reaching
600,000 residents of New York,
Vermont, and Quebec. After several
scoping meetings, WPTZ and the
LCBP began a unique partnership—
Champlain 2000.
What originally began as
Champlain 2000, which aired nine
special reports from 1999 to 2004,
later evolved into what is now
Champlain Connection. The
program promotes successful
projects that protect and enhance
the Lake Champlain Basin's water
quality, natural resources, and
cultural heritage through a special
news segment that airs Mondays at
6:00 p.m. The LCBP's outreach staff
provides story concepts, contacts,
and further information about
each story on the website (www.
lcbp.org). Although WPTZ main-
tains all editorial control, the news
team solicits the LCBP's help to
maintain a balanced viewpoint in
all stories. News stories cover issues
like urban lawn and garden runoff,
buffer strips, and volunteer water-
shed groups. By leveraging outreach
staff time with WPTZ's estimated
$200,000 commitment to
Champlain Connection, the LCBP
is increasing awareness and
understanding of watershed
issues at a minimal cost.
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
In 2008 organizations focused
on the environment received
$6.58 billion in financial support
from individuals and founda-
tions.* Developing a partnership
can be a valuable tool to help
your group tap into new funding
sources.
-Giving USA 2009
(Giving USA Foundation)
* Giving USA 2009
lumps environmental and animal-
related organizations into the
same category.
organizations representing important stakeholders in the watershed,
such as farm organizations, developers, or property managers. Identify
local organizations likely to be interested in watershed issues, such as
the local Farm Bureau, the Boy Scouts or Girl Scouts, local stormwater
utilities, or watershed and other environmental organizations. Then
look to local agencies and organizations charged with protecting water
resources, such as sanitation districts, local planning commissions,
water authorities, or other county or municipal government agencies.
Federal, state, regional, or local agencies might also have programs
with goals and objectives similar to yours. Federal agencies such as
EPA, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the National Park Service, and
others are often looking for ways to partner with local governments
and the private sector to help them get more bang for their environ-
mental buck. They see local agencies, nonprofits, and private organi-
zations as credible sources of local environmental expertise. Smaller
and more local interests can offer the ability to generate the public
buy-in that often can't be obtained by the federal government.
Businesses tend to look for projects that help the communities where
their employees live or where their customers purchase and use their
products and services. Businesses can be persuaded to take part in
the partnership to improve their public standing and eventually in-
crease their profits. Also, some businesses set aside a certain percent-
age of their profits for charitable organizations or causes. Why not to
your cause? Many private firms jump at the chance to donate what
they consider "small potatoes" ($500 to $2,000) to pay for giveaways,
event space, or printed materials in return for positive press coverage.
Other businesses might be interested in supporting events by sending
staff volunteers to help with cleanup events, collect monitoring data,
plant trees along streambanks, and so forth.
For more information on involving stakeholders in your partnership
building process, check out EPA's Stakeholder Guide.
Securing funding
Although partnerships can help spread the workload and provide
some resources, eventually you might discover that you still need to
secure additional funding to launch various aspects of your outreach
campaign. Develop a project expense budget sheet or use the "Re-
sources Needed" column of the sample operating plan matrix on page
127 to list all the required goods and services you'll need, along with
an estimate of the cost for each. Don't forget to include travel ex-
penses, supplies, and vendor services, in addition to direct labor. Also
note the in-kind services your project partners have offered. Once you
know what you have and what you need, you can set out to secure
funding to take up the slack.
Whether you decide to apply for grants, solicit donations, or tap into
in-kind services from potential project partners, funding sources can
be found in all sectors. The more sources you identify, the better
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
i
your chances of finding the funding you need to meet your campaign
objectives.
Foundations
Because foundations are legally required to donate at least 5 percent
of their assets each year to qualify as foundations, being in the right
place at the right time can put you on the receiving end of such do-
nations. Be sure to check each foundation's guidelines and deadlines
for funding proposals. In addition, most foundations have specific
mission statements, so make sure when applying for funds that your
application focuses on their needs and goals. Visit The Foundation
Center (http://fdncenter.org) on the Internet to learn about founda-
tions in your area. For a small fee you can access an online search-
able foundation directory to search more than 98,000 funders and
more than 1.7 million recent grants.
Nonprofit organizations
Nonprofit organizations, professional societies, and associations
might also be willing to provide financial support for your campaign.
The Chronicle website (www.philanthropy.com] includes articles and
grant announcements from nonprofits. You can search the Chronicle
database to find out what funders have provided money for projects
like yours in the past. The site also provides links to information on
fundraising, volunteerism, technology, academic centers on philan-
thropy, and publications for nonprofit professionals.
Federal funding sources
Hundreds of federal agencies and organizations provide grants and
other assistance to aid in watershed protection projects. The primary
advantage of federal grants is that state and local governments and
other eligible recipients do not have to use their own resources to
pay the specific eligible costs that the grant monies cover. Some
grants, specifically challenge grants, are designed to help you lever-
age resources or raise more money. For example, an agency might
provide a grant on the condition that you match it, dollar for dollar,
with donations from your members.
For a complete listing of federal funding sources, visit the Catalog of
Federal Domestic Assistance (www.cfda.gov}. This website provides
access to a database of all federal programs available to state and lo-
cal governments; federally recognized Indian tribes; domestic public,
quasi-public, and private profit and nonprofit organizations and insti-
tutions; specialized groups; and individuals. You can use a variety of
search mechanisms to find funding sources for your campaign. The
site provides eligibility requirements, information on application and
award processes, and proposal criteria for each funding source. The
catalog can also be obtained in print by calling 1-866-512-1800.
EPA's online Federal Funding Database for Watershed Protection
(www.epa.gov/watershedfunding) is also useful. The website gives
users access to a database of approximately 100 programs offering
Getting help
Many organizations are willing to
provide in-kind services such as:
• Accounting/bookkeeping
• Legal counsel
• Fundraising support
• Advertising/public relations advice
and support
• Staff training
• Clerical support
• Facility maintenance
• Facility use
• Equipment use
• Transportation
• Volunteers.
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
130
financial assistance (grants, loans, cost-sharing) specially geared
toward watershed-related projects.
Keep in mind that applying for grants can sometimes be costly and
time-consuming. Grant writing requires trained staff to determine
grant opportunities and submit detailed grant applications. The
awarding organizations often take months to process applications and
award grants. Even then, because of the intense competition for the
limited pool of grant funds, state and local governments and other
potential recipients might find it increasingly difficult to acquire fund-
ing for projects. And if awarded, be sure to understand the reporting
requirements, which often include quarterly reporting, both financial
and activity-based.
State funding sources
Most state environmental, wildlife, or parks agencies offer grant or
loan programs (or both) to protect and enhance state environmental
resources. For example, the Michigan Department of Environmental
Quality's Community Pollution Prevention Grant Program provides
$500,000 in grants to local governments and planning agencies to
establish innovative, sustainable pollution prevention practices. In
addition, all states provide grants for the control and prevention of
nonpoint source pollution through EPA's Clean Water Act Section 319
Grant Program (www.epa.gov/owow/nps/fimding.html}. These grants
can fund local field days, demonstrations, tours, workshops, and other
educational events and activities that promote the implementation of
Leveraging resources
Making the money you have go further is always a challenge, but it can be done. Here are a
few examples of how to leverage resources:
V
Look to partners. Identify in-kind services that partners or others can contribute, such as volunteer
labor, free publicity, food or beverages donated for events, transportation, and technical or legal advice.
Buy some ad space and get some more for free. For example, as mentioned in Part 1, Step 4, the
City of San Diego leveraged the media spots it purchased for more than $250,000 to get local broad-
casters to contribute 774 free airings of its PSAs.
Quid pro quo. Offer benefits to those from whom you need help. For example, if you'd like the local
newspaper to print educational newspaper inserts on your watershed festival for free, offer to list it as
a sponsor on all festival materials, offer exclusive interviews on the festival for the paper, and offer the
opportunity to have a vendor booth at the festival at no cost.
Let others do the work for you. Train the people that are most likely to act on and spread your
watershed message through train-the-trainer workshops. For example, teach local Master Garden-
ers how to adopt integrated pest management practices to minimize using harmful pesticides. In
exchange for the training, ask trainees to conduct at least three workshops on their own to train their
friends and neighbors. If you need help developing a watershed logo but can't afford to hire a design
firm, ask the local high school art department to host a logo contest. Offer the winner recognition in
the local paper along with a $500 college scholarship.
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
best management practices to protect water quality. Although individ-
ual Section 319 grants can be significant, a minimum 40% non-federal
match is required (as either cash or in-kind services). State education
agencies also offer grants that can be used for environmental educa-
tion and outreach, especially classroom education. Keep in mind that
most state grants require some percentage of local matching funds.
Also, certain funds might not be available to all organizations.
Local and private funding sources
Banks and some corporations offer charitable donations that can
help support your campaign. According to the Giving USA Foun-
dation, corporate contributions were 5 percent (approximately
$14.5 billion) of all giving in 2008. Amazingly, however, most of the
charitable money donated to nonprofit organizations by the private
sector comes from individuals (nearly $230 billion in 2008); only a
small portion is given by foundations and corporations. In fact, the
estates of those who have passed away contribute more money each
year than all U.S. corporations combined.
Maintaining the momentum
Achieving a substantial change in behavior doesn't happen over-
night. It might take months or even years before you're able to evalu-
ate whether your outreach campaign encouraged behavior change.
This lack of immediate results can sometimes discourage campaign
organizers to the point that the campaign fizzles out. This discour-
agement can be worsened when campaign organizers move on to
other jobs or out of the area. One way to keep the momentum going
throughout the life of an outreach campaign is to set small, achiev-
able goals throughout the process. These mini-milestones can be
used to show success and keep your project energized. Keeping your
partners actively engaged by periodically checking in with them dur-
ing slow times can also help keep things moving along.
Overcoming barriers to success
All of us have experienced failure, and watershed campaigns are no
different. It's how you learn from the failures that is the true measure
of long-term success. Following are several barriers that can keep your
campaign from being successful. Understanding what they are, how
to recognize them, and how to overcome them will give your cam-
paign the strength it needs to be sustainable. As your campaign pro-
gresses, look for areas of concern and respond accordingly. Adapting
your program during implementation to adjust to changing conditions
is highly recommended.
Poor coordination and planning
Many times failure of a campaign is the result of starting off on the
wrong foot. Most often that means stepping forward with no clear
strategy or plan on paper for how to conduct a watershed outreach
campaign. Your efforts will be in vain if you don't sit down with all
the key players in the beginning and define your goals, identify your
Tips to keep your
project's wheels
in motion
• Develop a slide show or
create a one-page fact
sheet to keep the process going.
• Use environmental indica-
tors—tools to simply and
quickly measure environmental
improvements (such as Secchi
disk measurements or miles of
stream bank revegetated)—to
communicate progress rather
than complicated indicators like
biochemical oxygen demand.
• Identify and commit the
resources needed to achieve
your objectives early in the pro-
cess. Running out of money is
probably the number one reason
why watershed campaigns fail.
Consider piggybacking your
messages onto communication
formats produced and distrib-
uted by partner organizations.
• Work with the news media to
distribute your information.
Regular communication with
newsletter editors and media
reporters about what you're
doing, who's involved, and why
you're doing it usually reaps
benefits.
• Continue to recruit new
campaign partners and leaders
to avoid burnout and ensure a
continual flow of new ideas and
resources.
• Build networks with other
organizations in the community
that are working on water
quality issues. Working in
coalition with other groups
results in new energy and new
ideas.
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
Working together
As mentioned throughout this
guide, you can find tips on work-
ing with stakeholders, reaching
consensus, and resolving conflict
in the companion guide Getting
In Step: Engaging and Involving
Stakeholders in Your Watershed.
It's available on the Internet
through the "Getting In Step
Series" link in EPA's Non-
point Source Outreach
Toolbox at www.epa.gov/
nps/toolbox.
target audience, determine your messages, decide on the formats and
distribution mechanisms for those messages, and figure out how you
intend to measure your success. And it's not enough to just talk about
it. Write it down. Whether it's 3 pages or 30 pages, a well-defined
written strategy will ensure that everyone involved agrees on how the
project will be conducted and who is responsible for doing what.
The very nature of working at a watershed level requires that you co-
ordinate with all the counties, cities, organizations, and stakeholders
in the watershed when developing a watershed outreach campaign
strategy. If you don't have all the correct stakeholders involved from
the beginning, you can't be sure that your campaign will address
all the local social, economic, political, and ecological conditions
that must be considered in developing an effective plan. In addition,
involving the right key players from the beginning builds trust and
support for the project, distributes responsibility, creates more inno-
vative solutions, and is more cost-effective. Including all the neces-
sary stakeholders in watershed efforts is critical to achieving behavior
change among those stakeholders. Remember: People don't resist
change; they resist being changed. Everyone finds it easier to sup-
port ideas they've had a hand in developing. Consider how you can
involve the people whose behavior you ultimately want to change.
Lack of communication
When the right hand doesn't know what the left hand is doing, your
outreach campaign will fizzle out. Be sure to keep everyone involved
in conducting the campaign informed about issues that arise during
various campaign stages, changes to the original strategy, and lessons
learned along the way. In addition, be sure to let people know when
you achieve successes, whether small ("We got 50 hits on our new
website within an hour of the launching!") or large ("Within three
years after we started our 'Fertilize in the Fall. That's All!' campaign,
the amount of nitrogen entering the lake had decreased by 30 per-
cent") .
Political wrangling and changing regulations
Politics plays a role in everything. If the chair of the county board of
commissioners supports the goals of your watershed campaign but
is replaced by a less-supportive commissioner, your campaign could
screech to a halt. Successful watershed groups usually avoid politi-
cal wrangling and contentious public debate by working quietly and
individually with stakeholder groups to address disagreements in a
satisfactory manner. For example, who pays for cleaner water is at
the crux of many discussions, but nearly all studies on public willing-
ness to pay for better water quality show overwhelming support for
higher fees, taxes, and water/sewer bills if it means cleaner water.
Identification of key public values, alliances with likely supporters,
and aggressive outreach and education programs targeted at impor-
tant stakeholder groups and the public can help generate support for
watershed initiatives and ease resistance among those who will share
the financial costs—usually, the public.
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
133
Regulatory changes also require close communication among stake-
holder groups, the regulated community, and elected officials.
Changes in local zoning ordinances, permit requirements, or other
regulations might affect your campaign. Watershed groups can
help regulators stay abreast of the changing regulatory scene by
meeting periodically with agency staff, discussing upcoming issues,
and offering support for educating key players in the regulatory field
and among the regulated community. Stay on top of local politics—
who talks to whom and who supports what.
Fear of the unknown
The fear of failing at the daunting task of watershed education and
behavior change can cause delays in getting the job done. Likewise,
"paralysis by analysis" has ossified many well-intentioned people
who aren't comfortable making a decision until the data overwhelm-
ingly confirm the chosen actions. In the real world, we make lots
of decisions (e.g., having a baby, buying a house) with far less data
than optimally preferred. There will always be unknowns: People
might resign from your staff to accept other jobs, a tanker spill could
occur in your watershed, funding could dry up, and so on.
Collecting data and using them to plot a course are important. How-
ever, don't be so distracted by your research or fear of the unknown
that you fail to pursue your objectives aggressively. Heed the words
of General Patton: A good plan today is better than a perfect plan
tomorrow.
Letting money drive the process
Although your budget might be limited, developing a plan that fits
your budget can be a nearsighted approach. Don't skimp on your
goals, but try to match your group's resources to their role in attain-
ing those goals. If you include the goals in the original plan, you'll be
prepared once resources are obtained down the road. Also, along the
way you will want to pursue partnerships that provide funding for
planned activities you thought you could not afford.
Funding for watershed projects is usually limited. Groups often find
themselves chasing limited dollars. The funding "tail" might wag
the project "dog" if you don't take precautions. Successful projects
identify the types of actions needed to protect or restore watershed
health and then pursue funding or other support for those actions.
When opportunities come along for low-priority activities, careful
consideration is required to determine whether chasing this fund-
ing and executing the associated nonessential tasks will detract from
previously identified priority actions. Passing on funding that would
reorient your entire project or distract your group from key actions
identified to protect or restore the watershed might be tough, but
sometimes it's necessary to maintain your focus, momentum, and
progress toward your group's established goals.
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
(-134
Letting the process bog you down
Means are as important as ends, but take care to avoid letting the
process become the goal. Momentum is lost when too much time
is spent on the process rather than the project. This phenomenon is
summed up in the postmortem phrase "death by meeting." People
don't mind attending meetings if they're necessary, short, and results-
oriented. However, meetings that occur only because "it's the third
Tuesday of the month" and drag on for hours without any clear sense
of purpose are the death knell for stakeholder-based groups. Involve
people, communicate, and take time to meet occasionally, but beware
of situations where members of your organization are spending more
time in meetings than on watershed work. Most action occurs outside
meetings. That's where people are needed, and that's where they usu-
ally want to be. Keep up the momentum by making participation fun
and exciting.
A final thought...
We hope this guide and the accompanying video have inspired you to
go out and start your own watershed outreach campaign. Remember
that there are no hard-and-fast rules. These tips are provided to help
you get started, give you some new ideas, or provide more informa-
tion to expand your program. The most important thing is to believe
in your goal and work diligently to meet it.
We'd love to hear how you used this guide, what you liked or didn't
like, and the lessons you learned while conducting your outreach
efforts. Please send us your comments through the feedback link at
www.epa.gov/nps/contacts.html. Good luck!
Part 3: Implementing the Campaign
-------
Appendixes
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Building Blocks Worksheets
Identifying and Removing Barriers
to Behavior Change
Behavior Selection Matrix
Outreach Campaign Evaluation
Questions
Appendix E Want to Know More?
-------
-------
Appendix A:
Building blocks worksheets
'o
c
^~
c
fD
-^
^
o
O)
3
T3
CD .
C iO
— O)
T3 >-<
O t
O) ">
•us and nitrogen ov
I due to impervious
If
Q.T3
.§. —
o
^^
O^ c~
11
.E|
E E
O) ro
O o
>^._
ll
CT
o; c-
ro O
M
3 QJ
o _.
•n^
OJ l-
LO ^
">*
l/l
l/l
Z3
.4j^
u
'i/i
C
ro
15
Z3
Q.
"ro
O>
C
O)
_N
cD
a;
c
5
0
CD
IE
1/1
1/1
O)
c
£
ro
ro
Increase
c
o
_c
5.
!
<
4
I
4
_S
!
l/l
s__
4-^
l/l
O
CL
1
H— '
ro
•—
,__
C
ji
-o
£
T3
"o
T3
-C
i/l
,.
ro 4-j
^- "° a;
u
/i
^ Q-
5 ro ^~
5i "5 >
J CQ >
Full-size educational
posters
Water bill inserts
10" O)
O) OJ •— 4^
Si N ~
re = II ^
"^4^^ c
J . . H — '
<. .— -7-5 OJ
— rl ^ C
^§ 0 ^ ^
> 0 >, 0
^ a;
< 01
T "t^ rji
cu t —
c E
O 4-J OJ
'.p ro °-
llS
U iu t/l
S "O "°
ro rl J5
1/1
.0
C rn
3= ^ ro _C
° s s -^ i
ji ^^ g1.
§•
c
4^
0
L_
o
on
Workshop fo HOA
8
ro
Oi
0
-C
+•"
c
Q
J '-^
3 =
- Q
1 a3
c •§
-S "
.^
"ro
Number of c
representatives
o
c ,_
ro 0
l/l M—
O C
5 '1
O) Z3
g CU
2 o
01 to
T3
C
E
~ \
M —
f—
i §
01^
C Z3
iZ -Q
^ "K
^ '-a
i5 a;
0 4±
C ro
Workshop for
apartment/
_sz
Ol
ro
/i
1)
^
c
formats
landscape managers
~°- w
c ^
ro v~> c
(- O) ro
§3 > ^
•^ 01 ^ ••=
o 2 sq-
o-.ti E g
-o c o o
C -i— ' -^ —
ro a s- «
i'2^^^
Q- CL CL.E
Stormwater hotline
L/l
O)
ro
"O
C
ro
Appendix A
Building Blocks Worksheets
-------
A-2
c
o
I
1
o
'^
.g
01
O1
I/I
01
y
o
LL.
OI
§
'•5
01
Building Blocks Worksheets
Appendix A
-------
c
o
u
ra
a.
E
a.
01
la
O
T3
C
rc
"(C
o
u
c
T3
Z3
^-j
CD
cn
re
g
'+->
Z3
_Q
Appendix A
Building Blocks Worksheets
-------
A-4
§
OJ
I
15"
0
c
0>
E
E
o
u
i/i
1
•g
I
i/i
0)
y
i
0)
C£.
£
(15
0.
01
J2
'IT!
C
I/I
01
C£.
o!
Is
1- 0
'P o
3 fC
— .^
LJJ jE
tt
•o
2
0.
l>
S
o
Q
O)
.E
' —
OJ
1
15"
0
43
c
0>
E
E
o
u
i/i
1
•g
1
i/i
0)
i
0)
QC
£
(15
0.
01
J2
'IT!
C
I/I
01
QC
"o>
Is
1- 0
'•P o
3 (C
— .^
LJJ jE
tt
•o
2
0.
'>
S
s__
o
Q
O)
E
' —
re
Building Blocks Worksheets
Appendix A
-------
B-1
Appendix B:
Identifying and
removing barriers to
behavior change /
Knowing why people do things and what might make them
change a particular behavior will help you identify the most ap-
propriate ways to convince the target audience to adopt the behav-
ior you're recommending. Use this worksheet to help uncover the
barriers to behavior change so that you can remove or minimize the
barriers before you develop your message. Answer the questions in
the Barriers column on the left; then circle the ways you intend to
remove or minimize the barriers in the Barrier Breakers column on
the right. (Be creative! Develop new Barrier Breakers for your situa-
tion and add them to the list.)
<*
Barrier Breakers
Is it expensive for
the target audience
to perform the
behavior?
Why?
• Subsidize the cost.
• Find a cheaper way for the audience
to engage in the behavior.
• Use partners to offset the costs.
• Provide incentives to encourage the
behavior.
• Piggyback onto an existing activity to
lower the cost.
If it's too expensive
for homeowners to
install permeable-
pavement driveways,
offer reduced tax assess-
ments to help offset the
cost and act as an incen-
tive. Another idea would
be to work with home-
owner associations to
sign up individual home-
owners and pool them
together for discounted
bulk orders.
Appendix B
Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change
-------
B-:
f Because planting
trees along stream-
side property is both
time-consuming and
expensive for homeown-
ers, partner with a local
nursery to provide dis-
counts to anyone planting
trees for this purpose. Pro-
mote the nursery in your
effort, and provide tip
sheets on how and when
to plant the trees.
If shoppers exhibit
an unwillingness to
buy recycled prod-
ucts, encourage them
frequently with positive
messages about how
important it is to "close
the recycling loop." An
annual, month-long "Get
in the Loop" campaign in
Washington State reminds
shoppers to buy recycled
products through in-store
promotional materials and
identifies specific recycled-
product choices right on
the store shelf.
fWhen recruiting
local Girl Scout
troops to conduct a
oeach cleanup, hold
a mini trash-pickup train-
ing session to show them
things to avoid (such as
used syringes and toilet-
ries) and when to ask for
adult help.
To combat the
stigma associated
with the real or per-
ceived health risks of
picking up pet waste, use
humor when developing
your message and formats.
Does it take more
physical effort
to perform the
recommended
behavior than the
opposing behavior?
Why?
Does the
recommended
behavior present a
risk to the health
and safety of the
target audience
or their family
members (e.g.,
area designated for
stream cleanup in or
near known gang
hangout, poison ivy,
or fears of disease-
causing organisms)?
Why?
Barrier Breakers
• Piggyback onto an existing activity to
lower the effort required.
• Provide physical or monetary assis-
tance to promote the behavior.
• Provide monetary rewards or recogni-
tion to encourage the behavior.
• Highlight others in the target audi-
ence engaging in the behavior to
show that it's not as difficult as
perceived.
• Educate the audience on real and
perceived risks.
• Reduce risks by offering safety tips.
• Provide statistics to show real risk
levels.
• Provide security.
• Provide preventive health services
(e.g., hepatitis shots).
Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change
Appendix B
-------
B-3
Is it difficult to get
the information or
resources needed to
adopt the behavior?
Are there other
physical or economic
barriers?
(Please list.)
Barrier Breakers
• Educate the audience on how to
adopt the behavior.
• Make it easy to get the resources
or information needed by posting it
online, providing alternative locations
to obtain materials/information, and
taking needed materials/information
to the audience.
flf you're promoting
soil testing to home-
owners to prevent
overfertilization,
provide free soil test kits,
available at select locations
or by sending an e-mail
request to the county soil
and water conservation
district.
Appendix B
Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change
-------
B-4
fMake it socially
acceptable to have a
not-so-lush lawn by
finding homeowners
willing to use alternative
vegetation or reduce their
fertilizer use and asking
them to post attractive,
desirable signs on their
lawn that say they have a
wa ter-friendly yard.
Work with local
schools to develop
household hazardous
waste education cam-
paigns. Have students take
home "Nontoxic Home"
pledge forms to ask par-
ents to commit to reduc-
ing their reliance on toxic
household products. After
the parents have commit-
ted to this small pledge,
ask them to make a larger
commitment by coordinat-
ing a community House-
hold Hazardous Waste
Pickup Day at the school.
Provide refridgerator mag-
nets with recycling dos
and don'ts and household
hazardous waste informa-
tion to serve as prompts
for the whole family.
Is there social
pressure to avoid
the behavior?
Is the behavior
contrary to
community norms?
Is there fear of
social disapproval
or rejection for
performing the
behavior?
How do members of
the target audience
feel they might be
perceived by their
peers if they adopt
the recommended
behavior?
Is the behavior
consistent with the
target audience's
self-image?
Other emotional
or psychological
barriers?
(Please list.)
Barrier Breakers
• Research current community norms
and reasons for those norms through
focus groups.
• Develop messages that make it seem
socially desirable to perform the
behavior.
• Provide frequent and strategically
placed prompts to remind people of
the behavior.
• Identify early adopters in the com-
munity, and partner with them to
spread the word and convince others
to adopt the new behavior. They can
help develop and promote new social
norms.
• Use community gatherings and
events to show that social pressure is
perceived and not real.
• Clearly communicate the percentage
or number of people currently engag-
ing in the recommended behavior.
• Try to gain small commitments from
members of the target audience to
engage in easier behaviors before
asking them to adopt the harder
behavior. Sociologists and marketers
agree that getting people to say "yes"
to something small makes it easier
for them to say "yes" to something
larger later on because people like to
be viewed as consistent. (Remember:
Written commitments are more effec-
tive than verbal commitments.)
Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change
Appendix B
-------
B-S
Does the target
audience need to
learn new skills
to perform the
behavior?
Why?
Barrier Breakers
Provide training on the new behavior.
Recruit early adopters to demonstrate
the new behavior in daily activities, at
events, or during training sessions.
f Develop train-the-
trainer sessions for
volunteer stream
monitors so that
they can train others and
expand the volunteer pool.
Does the target
audience know
the benefits of
the recommended
behavior?
Why?
Show the immediate consequences
of both adopting and not adopting
the behavior; convey consequences
(positive and negative) in your
message.
Does the target
audience know
the impacts of the
opposing behavior?
Why?
Identify and communicate actual or
estimated environmental, social, or
economic impacts (e.g., statistics,
before-and-after photos) of the
opposing behavior and the recom-
mended behavior.
Appendix B
Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change
-------
-6
f Provide statistics on
the number of dogs
in the county that
need to be picked up
after, or the number of
stream miles owned by
private landowners that
need to be buffered.
Does the target
audience believe
that individual
actions are not
significant enough
to improve the
environment?
Are there other
knowledge barriers?
(Please list.)
Barrier Breakers
• Provide statistics on the collective
impacts of individual actions.
Identifying and Removing Barriers to Behavior Change
Appendix B
-------
Appendix C:
Behavior selection matrix
Before you complete the Behavior Selection Matrix, take a few minutes to
review the following questions. Remember: There are no right or wrong an-
swers to the questions in the matrix. The answers are mostly subjective and will
depend on the circumstances surrounding your locality's issues and concerns.
Which behavior will result in the highest reduction in pollution?
Based on information you have regarding current water quality or environmental
conditions in the project area, try to determine which of the behaviors you listed
will result in the greatest reduction in pollution if a large majority of the target
audience adopts the behavior.
Which behavior will be the most affordable to promote to my
audience?
Consider both the short-term and long-term costs that your organization might
incur while trying to promote the adoption of this behavior. Think about the costs
of outreach materials and formats, how the materials will be distributed, and who
will help you distribute them. Consider whether you'll be able to defray some of
the costs by piggybacking onto existing efforts. For example, if you're promot-
ing the use of alternative landscaping designs to conserve water resources in a
particular community, is there an existing community newsletter you can use to
distribute your message? If so, you'll be able to save yourself the expense of print-
ing and distributing your own materials.
Which behavior will be the most affordable for my audience to
adopt?
Estimate all the costs that an average member of the target audience will incur
when adopting the recommended behavior. Think about expenses related to gas,
wear-and-tear on vehicles, the cost of taking time off from work to get to the
recycling facility before it closes, expenses associated with alternative or green
products (which are usually more expensive than conventional products), and so
forth.
Which behavior is the most attractive to the people in my
community?
Think about which behavior most resembles current community norms and at-
titudes. Which one will make people seem like smart, savvy neighbors?
For which behavior will it be easiest to show a link to the
problem?
Because most people don't fully understand the link between what they do at
home and the quality of our environment, being able to show a clear cause-and-
effect relationship between behaviors and their effects on the environment is very
important. Agricultural demonstration projects have been a successful in helping
people make connections between behavioral changes and environmental results.
For example, by planting trees and other vegetation along stream banks,
Appendix C— — Behavior Selection Matrix
-------
«
farmers can prevent rapid stream bank erosion. If farmers who have vegetated
their stream banks invite their neighbors to come and see how their experiment
has slowed erosion, the other farmers might be convinced to do the same on their
land. Showing a link for other behaviors might require more complex strategies.
For example, because it's difficult to see a septic tank leaking or to understand the
impact lawn fertilizer can have on a waterbody, it could be more difficult for peo-
ple to accept that their behavior might be negatively affecting the environment.
Which behavior is the most sustainable?
Which behavior will promote a solution that will have the greatest pollution re-
duction effect over the greatest amount of time? Does one behavior eliminate the
problem, or does it simply reduce the impact that problem might have? Educat-
ing homeowners about the proper type and amount of fertilizer to apply on their
lawns will reduce the amount of nutrient runoff into streams, but encouraging
alternative landscaping in place of a lawn could eliminate the need for lawn fertil-
izer altogether.
Which behavior will provide additional water quality benefits?
Sometimes it's possible to kill two birds with one stone. If your community
develops a septic system maintenance plan to reduce the amount of nutrients
entering a waterbody from faulty systems, it's likely that bacteria levels will
decrease as well. Multiple water quality benefits also could result from encourag-
ing homeowners to landscape with native plants. Natural landscaping can reduce
the amount of water homeowners need to use for watering their lawns, decrease
the use of yard fertilizers that can result in runoff of excess nutrients to streams,
and even reduce the amount of stormwater runoff that occurs during rain events.
To determine additional water quality benefits a behavior might have, consider
whether the behavior addresses a source of multiple pollutants or the possible
effect reducing one pollutant might have on other pollutants common in the envi-
ronment.
Which behavior will get the highest consumer response?
Consider the ways in which each behavior will affect the consumer. If homeown-
ers are educated about the amount and type of fertilizer their lawns need, the
homeowners are likely to purchase the correct type of fertilizer if it could reduce
their cost or the amount of time needed to apply the fertilizer. Also, a product ad-
vertised as environmentally friendly is more likely to be purchased if it is reason-
ably priced. If such products are noticeably more expensive, however, the benefit
of their being environmentally friendly might not affect the consumers' actions.
Which behavior has the fewest or easiest barriers to overcome?
There are many reasons why a person might not adopt a sustainable behavior.
The behavior might be too costly to implement, the person could be unaware of
the potential benefits of the behavior, or he or she could feel pressured by peers
to behave in a certain way. To gain a better understanding of the potential barriers
people face, fill out the worksheets provided in Appendix B.
-------
[D.
FD"
n
r-J.
5'
Behavior Selection Matrix
Behavior
Evaluation Questions
Score from 1 to 6 (1 being the least likely and 6 being the most likely).
Note: Behaviors may receive the same score if applicable.
Which
behavior
will result in
the highest
reduction in
pollution?
Which
behavior will
be the most
affordable
to promote
to my
audience?
Which
behavior will
be the most
affordable
for my
audience to
adopt?
Which
behavior is
the most
attractive to
the people
in my
community?
For which
behavior will
it be easiest
to show a
link to the
problem?
Which
behavior is
the most
sustainable?
Which
behavior
will
provide
additional
water
quality
benefits?
Which
behavior
will
get the
highest
consumer
response?
Which
behavior
has the
fewest
barriers to
overcome?
Total
Score
(sum of
columns
1-9)
Instructions:
1. Score each behavior based on the evaluation questions (1 being the least likely and 6 being the most likely).
2. Total each behavior score by adding the scores for each question.
3. The behavior with the highest score is the recommended behavior.
-------
-------
Appendix D:
Outreach campaign evaluation
questions
Process evaluation
Are the planned activities being implemented according to schedule?
Is additional support needed?
Are additional activities needed?
Do some activities need to be modified or eliminated?
Are the resources allocated sufficient to carry out the task?
Did the target audience receive the materials distributed?
What feedback has been received, and how does it affect the remaining out-
reach campaign objectives and activities?
How do the technical activities related to the campaign issues affect the
campaign?
Appendix D — Outreach Campaign Evaluation Questions
-------
D-2
Impact evaluation
Were the campaign objectives achieved?
Did the campaign change the behavior of the target audience members?
Are there measurable improvements in water quality?
Context evaluation
Was the campaign right for the target audience?
Did it effectively address watershed issues for the target area?
Did the campaign compete with other social or economic issues?
Were the formats and messages appropriate?
Was the campaign controversial?
Outreach Campaign Evaluation Questions - Appendix D
-------
Appendix E:
Want to know more?
This appendix provides additional sources of information on out-
reach programs, social marketing, outreach materials, watershed
management planning, media relations, and other tools that might
be useful to your program. This list is by no means exhaustive and
is intended for information purposes only. EPA does not endorse any
product, service or enterprise. Inclusion does not constitute a recom-
mendation or endorsement by EPA or the U.S. government,
Developing an outreach program
Handbook for Developing Watershed Plans to Restore and
Protect Our Waters
This EPA handbook is a comprehensive guide to developing and
implementing watershed plans to meet water quality standards and
protect water resources—from identifying problems and setting goals
to selecting solutions and measuring progress. Chapter 3 provides de-
tails on building partnerships and developing an outreach program.
Download the handbook at www.epa.gov/nps/watershedjiandbook.
Community Culture and the Environment: A Guide to
Understanding a Sense of Place
Produced by EPA, this guide provides a process and set of tools for
defining and understanding the social and cultural aspects of com-
munity-based environmental protection. Contact the National Service
Center for Environmental Publications at (800) 490-9198,
www.epa.gov/nscep, or e-mail nscep@bps-lmit.com and ask for pub-
lication number EPA 842-B-01-003. The guide is also available online
at www. epa.gov/care/library/community_culture.pdf.
Catalog of Federal Funding Sources for Watershed Protection
The Catalog of Federal Funding Sources for Watershed Protection is
an easy-to-use, searchable website. The site, which is updated an-
nually, provides information for watershed practitioners and others
on nearly 100 federal funding sources that might be available to help
fund various watershed-related projects including outreach programs.
For more information, visit www.epa.gov/watershedfimding.
River Advocates Fundraising Guide
This free online fundraising guide includes case studies, examples,
how-to information and resources for getting and maintaining the
funding that makes watershed work possible. Available at
www. rivernetwork.org/rn/fundraisingguide.
Nonpoint Source
Outreach Toolbox
www. epa.gov/nps/toolbox
EPA's Nonpoint Source
(NPS) Outreach Toolbox
is geared for state and
local agencies and other
organizations interested in educat-
ing the public on NPS pollution or
stormwater runoff. The Toolbox
contains a variety of resources to
help develop an effective and tar-
geted outreach campaign, includ-
ing this downloadable guide.
The core of the Toolbox is its search-
able database of more than 700
viewable and/or audible TV, radio,
and print ads and other outreach
products. On the "Featured Prod-
ucts" page you can find some of
Toolbox's best products across six
key topics: general stormwater and
storm drain awareness; lawn and
garden care; pet care; septic sys-
tem care; motor vehicle care; and
household chemicals and waste.
You can search by media type (e.g.,
TV, radio, or print ad), by topic or
by keyword or phrase. Permissions
for using the cataloged products
are disclosed (and in most cases,
granted) by the product owners,
and contact information, campaign
websites, and other pertinent details
are provided.
The Toolbox also includes surveys
of public attitudes and percep-
tions regarding NPS problems and
solutions, and evaluations of the
effectiveness of some local NPS
media campaigns.
Appendix E
Want to Know More?
-------
-2
Getting in Step: Engaging Stakeholders in Your Watershed
This guide provides the tools needed to effectively engage stakehold-
ers to restore and maintain healthy watersheds through community
support and cooperative action. Available online at www.epa.gov/
nps/toolbox (select "Getting in Step Outreach Series").
Getting The Word Out in the Fight to Save the Earth
This book includes hundreds of practical and proven examples of
how to effectively communicate your environmental message. It ex-
plains how any nonprofit group can expand and activate its member-
ship, influence government officials, mobilize the news media, and
shape public policy in the fight to save communities, regional ecosys-
tems, and the earth. Available through the Johns Hopkins University
Press, Baltimore, MD 21218; www.press.jhu.edu.
How to Save a River: A Handbook for Citizen Action
This handbook presents the wisdom gained from years of river pro-
tection campaigns across the United States. It covers the general prin-
ciples of action, including getting organized, planning a campaign,
building public support, and putting a plan into action. Contact River
Network at (800) 423-6747 or www.rivernetwork.org/marketploce.
Know Your Watershed: Watershed Guides
Want to start a watershed management partnership for your local
watershed? This website has eight guides (including Getting to Know
Your Watershed, Building Local Partnerships, Putting Together a Wa-
tershed Management Plan, Managing Conflict, and Leading and Com-
municating] . In other words, it includes everything you need to get
started. To obtain a copy these guides, contact Conservation Technol-
ogy Information Center, 1220 Potter Drive, Room 170, West Lafayette,
IN 47906-1383. Phone: (765) 494-9555; Fax: (765) 494-5969, Internet:
www.ctic.purdue.edu. (Click on "Know Your Watershed.")
Making Waves: How to Put On a Water Festival
This publication is a great help in providing direction and ideas for
organizing your own festival. Use Making Waves to plan an event
in your school, county, or state. The water festival concept has been
an enormously successful way to educate children and adults about
water and water-related resources. This new version includes up-
dated samples of fundraising letters, forms, news releases, and more.
Also check out Making More Waves: Ideas from Across the U.S. and
Canada for Organizing Your Festival and Making a Bigger Splash: A
Collection of Water Education and Festival Activities. All are available
through the Groundwater Foundation at (800) 858-4844 or
www.groundwater.org/shop. (Cost: Less than $20 each.)
Want to Know More?
Appendix E
-------
E-3
National Extension Water Outreach Education
The "Water Outreach Education—Facilitating Access to Resources
and Best Practices (BEP)" project is a collaborative effort of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture's Cooperative State Research, Education,
and Extension Service (CSREES) and other public and private clean
and safe water partners. Its purpose is to identify best education
practices (BEPs), promote the use of BEPs for water-management
education, and improve access to education resources and strate-
gies. The project is conducted by staff of the University of Wisconsin,
Environmental Resources Center, under the guidance of a project
advisory team of natural resource management, outreach, and educa-
tion professionals from across the country. For more information and
access to many resources, visit http://wateroutreach.wvex.edu.
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation—Public
Involvement Handbook
Community participation, enhancing the public's trust, managing
conflict that might arise, and developing and carrying out a public
involvement program are some of the subjects in this handbook. Also
included is a section of ideas and techniques that can be applied to
a variety of situations. Updated in 2008, the handbook is available
through the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania. For more information, visit www.dot.stote.pa.us/Inter-
net/Bureaus/pdDesign.nsf/PubsForms/Publications/PUB%20295.pdf.
River Talk! Communicating a Watershed Message
River Talk! is a hands-on guide for people who want to be more ef-
ficient and effective in encouraging key sectors of their communities
to become involved in designing river messages that resonate with
target audiences. Contact River Network at (800) 423-6747 or
www.rivernetwork.org/marketplace. (Cost: $15]
Starting Up: A Handbook for New River and Watershed
Organizations
This guide provides information for groups on how to get organized,
including funding and procedural advice. Contact River Network at
(800) 423-6747 or www.rivernetwork.org/marketplace. (Cost: $40)
Watershed Restoration: A Guide for Citizen Involvement in
California
Some of the best science and technical tools available to citizens in-
volved in coastal watershed management are available in this guide.
Although it was developed for California, this well-constructed guide
might spark ideas for use in other watersheds. Published in De-
cember 1995, it can be obtained by contacting the U.S. Department
of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
Coastal Oceans Office, 1315 East West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910. Phone: (301) 713-3338; Fax: (301) 713-4044; or www.cop.noaa.
gov/pubs/das/das8.pdf.
Want to Know More?
-------
-4
Watershed Toolshed
The Ohio Watershed Network, a statewide information and education
network in support of local watershed protection efforts, maintains
an online Watershed Toolshed that includes the module "Planning
a Watershed Education Program." The module provides guidance to
anyone interested in developing a watershed education program target-
ing specific audiences to help them make informed decisions to protect
water quality. The Network also provides a listing of watershed groups
in Ohio, the Ohio Watershed Academy, and other resources and refer-
ences. Available online at http://ohiowotersheds.osu.edu/toolshed.
Existing outreach programs
Maine Department of Environmental Protection's "Nonpoint
Source Awareness Campaign"
Maine's "Nonpoint Source Awareness Campaign" started in 1995 as a
collaborative effort between the Maine Department of Environmental
Protection (DEP) and the State Planning Office to raise awareness
about nonpoint source pollution prevention. Together these agencies
produced the "8 Simple Steps" campaign and a series of radio and
print messages. In 2000 the agencies began to develop more tai-
lored materials and campaigns for their specific program needs. For
more information, contact Kathy M. Hoppe, Maine DEP, 1235 Cen-
tral Drive, Presque Isle, ME 04769. Phone: (207) 764-0477; e-mail:
kothy.m.hoppe@state.me.us; or www.maine.gov/dep/blwq/doceduca-
tion/nps/outreach. htm.
Project NEMO
NEMO uses geographic information system (CIS) technology, tar-
geted presentations, training, publications and cutting-edge resources
to educate landowners and municipal officials about nonpoint source
pollution and watershed protection. Contact Chester Arnold, Univer-
sity of Connecticut Cooperative Extension, Haddam, Connecticut.
Phone: (860) 345-4511; Internet: http://nemo.uconn.edu.
"Think Blue" San Diego
The City of San Diego believes the key to cleaner ocean waters is
public education. That's why it created the "Think Blue" educa-
tional campaign. "Think Blue" educates residents, businesses, and
industries about the causes of stormwater pollution and the pollution
prevention behaviors everyone can adopt. For more information, visit
www. sandiego.gov/thinkblue.
Americorps Watershed Stewards Project
This community-based watershed restoration program is commit-
ted to conserving, restoring and enhancing anadromous watersheds
for future generations by linking education with scientific practices.
Members join with top resource professionals, forming cooperative
relationships between private industry, government agencies, and
academic institutions, to build public awareness of the importance of
watershed stewardship. For more information, check out the project
website at www.watershedstewards.com or call 707-725-8601.
Want to Know More?
Appendix E
-------
Social mapping resources
Following are two resources that can help you develop social maps to
characterize and understand the community or target audience that
is the focus of your watershed outreach campaign:
Decision Explorer: Getting Started with Cognitive Mapping
by Fran Ackermann, Colin Eden, and Steve Cropper. www. bonxia.
com/dexplore/how-to-make-cognitive-maps.html
Mental Maps
by Peter Gould and Rodney White
Social marketing publications, websites, and
organizations
The Academy for Educational Development
AED is a nonprofit organization working globally to improve educa-
tion, health, civil society, and economic development. In collabora-
tion with local and national partners, AED fosters sustainable results
through practical, comprehensive approaches to social and economic
challenges. AED implements more than 250 programs serving people
in all 50 U.S. states and more than 150 countries, www.aed.org/
Approaches/ SocialMarketing.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) have a num-
ber of selected health marketing case studies and other resources that
use social marketing principles at www.cdc.gov/healthmarketing.
Developing a Communications Plan: A Roadmap to Success
This guide provides a roadmap for developing a communications
plan. Readers can learn valuable processes, such as prioritization
exercises and feasibility screens, as well as how to manage the
challenges of building an effective consumer education plan from
the ground up. Available from the Huron River Watershed Council
(HRWC), 1100 North Main Street, Suite 210, Ann Arbor, MI 48104.
Phone: (313) 769-5123; Fax: (313) 998-0163; o
Diffusion of Innovations (5th edition-2003)
Written by Everett M. Rogers and published by Free Press (New
York), this book is available at www.simonandschuster.com.
Fostering Sustainable Behavior
Doug McKenzie-Mohr and William Smith developed this 175-page
book on environmental marketing in 1999. It is a compilation of the
strategies and methods that collectively form the basis of commu-
nity-based social marketing — a proven breakthrough in the field of
environmental education and outreach. It was written for those in-
volved in designing, implementing, and evaluating public education
programs with the goal of promoting sustainable behavior. For more
information, visit www.cbsm.com.
Want to Know More?
-------
-6
Getting Your Feet Wet with Social Marketing: A Social
Marketing Guide For Watershed Programs
This resource, written by Jack Wilbur of the Utah Department of
Agriculture and Food, walks the reader through the social marketing
process using water examples from Utah and throughout the country.
It also provides case studies of successful water-related social mar-
keting efforts. The appendixes include worksheets, checklists, and
lists of additional resources and samples of audience research docu-
ments. It can be downloaded for free at http://og.utah.gov/divisions/
conservation/documents/GettingYourFeetWet.pdf.
Hands-on Social Marketing: A Step-by-Step Guide
Written by Nedra Kline Wienrich, this guide explains the concepts
behind social marketing theory and provides handy case studies
and other resources. Available through major booksellers or visit
www. social-marketing, com.
Health Canada
Social marketing is an integrated part of health promotion strategies
at Health Canada. It is used to deliver health promotion messages to
specific Canadian populations and is designed to help people make
decisions related to maintaining and improving their health and well-
being and that of their families and communities. The website pro-
vides several campaign case studies that offer good examples of the
kinds of things watershed outreach specialists can do in the environ-
mental field. www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ahc-asc/activit/marketsoc/index_e.html.
The Institute for Social Marketing
The Institute was established in 2004 at the University of Stirling,
Scotland, under a joint venture with the Open University. The Insti-
tute conducts research in three key areas: the development and eval-
uation of behavior change interventions based on social marketing
principles, the impact of public policy on health and social welfare,
and the impact of commercial marketing on the health and behavior
of individuals and of society. To help you check out whether what
you're doing is social marketing, there is a quick questionnaire on
the website at www.ism.stir.oc.uk.
The National Social Marketing Centre
The National Social Marketing Centre is based in London. Its role is
to develop capacity and skills in social marketing, and to help embed
social marketing into health improvement policy and programs. The
website provides a range of resources and tools to support social
marketing activities. These include a number of simple guides and
practical tools to help people integrate social marketing into existing
work practices. The site also has numerous case studies, including
some on sustainability and water conservation. Visit www.nsmcentre.
org.uk.
Want to Know More?
Appendix E
-------
Social Marketing: Influencing Behaviors for Good
Written by two leading social marketing experts, Philip Kotler and
Nancy Lee, this 2008 book provides case studies that include world
leaders in social marketing, sharing the background, strategies and
results of some of the most well-known social marketing campaigns
in the world. Available through major booksellers.
Social Marketing Downunder
Social Marketing Downunder is a website geared for social markets
in New Zealand, Australia, and the South Pacific, which includes
several case studies. The site is provided by the Health Sponsorship
Council which focuses on reducing the social, financial, and health
sector costs of various behaviors, www.sociolmarketing.co.nz/
casestudies.html.
The Social Marketing Institute
Based in Washington, D.C., at Georgetown University, the Social
Marketing Institute hopes to learn, develop, and facilitate the ap-
plication of the very best social marketing practices in a wide range
of settings all over the world. To join the Social Marketing Institute's
e-mail discussion list, subscribe to listproc@listproc.georgetown.edu
through e-mail and type subscribe soc-mktg < your name > in the
message body (e.g., subscribe soc-mktg John Smith).
www. social-marketing, org.
Social Marketing Wiki
The Social Marketing wiki has a number of excellent cases in a
variety of topic areas: http://socialmarketing.wetpaint.com/page/
Case + Studies.
Strategic Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations
This book, written by Philip Kotler and Alan R. Andreason, forms
a conceptual and practical foundation for marketing in nonprofit
organizations. Now in its seventh edition (2008), its coverage encom-
passes the entire marketing process, providing valuable insights on
strategic evaluations, positioning, market targeting, and more. Avail-
able through major booksellers.
Tools of Change Website
The Tools of Change website, supported by several Canadian agencies
and others, offers a broad selection of resources and case studies of
community programs across North America, www.toolsofchonge.com
Social Marketing Online Course
This CDC website offers an online training course titled "Social
Marketing for Nutrition and Physical Activity." Although geared to
those in the health industry, the online course provides a very good
overview of social marketing, and many of the examples and tactics
discussed can be tailored for environmental messages, www.cdc.gov/
nccdphp/dnpa/socialmarketing/tmining.
Want to Know More?
-------
E-
University ofKansas's Community Toolbox
The purpose of the Community Tool Box (CTB) is to make it easier
for people to bring about change and improvement in their com-
munities. The CTB connects people with resources for learning the
many skills required for this work and applying this knowledge in
diverse cultures and contexts. Chapters 45 and 46 provide informa-
tion on social marketing. Other chapters cover subjects like conduct-
ing research, evaluation methods, and financial planning for change
initiatives, http://ctb.ku.edu.
Electronic Discussion Lists
NPSINFO
NPSINFO is a forum for open discussion of nonpoint source pol-
lution issues. It is sponsored by EPA's Office of Wetlands, Oceans,
and Watersheds. Possible topics for discussion include agricultural
nonpoint sources, urban runoff, technology, educational and funding
alternatives, coastal nonpoint sources, forest management, best man-
agement practices, hydrological modification, and aquatic habitat
modification. NPSINFO welcomes news articles, short abstracts, an-
nouncements, and conference notices, as well as questions, answers,
and opinions. For more information, visit www.epa.gov/nps/npsinfo.
To subscribe, send an e-mail to join-lyris@lists.epa.gov. In the body
of the message, type: subscribe NPSINFO [your first name] [your last
name].
Volmonitor
This discussion list is a national forum for volunteer monitors. EPA
established the list to encourage communication and information
exchange among the nation's growing number of volunteer environ-
mental monitoring programs. You'll receive news on coming confer-
ences, workshops, special events, and new publications. This site is
also a discussion forum and networking tool that volunteer monitors
of all types use to ask and respond to questions about volunteer
monitoring methods, data quality, data management issues, and
more. Whether your group monitors wetlands, streams, or lakes, sign
up and get into the loop. To subscribe, send an e-mail to volmonitor-
subscribe@lists.epa.gov. Leave the subject line and message body
blank.
Outreach materials
Nonpoint Source Outreach Toolbox
EPA's Nonpoint Source (NFS) Outreach Toolbox is a
searchable database that houses TV, radio, and print ads
and other outreach products focused on NFS pollution or stormwater
runoff. Permission information for using the cataloged products is
provided for each product. Find ready-made materials you can use
in your watershed outreach campaign at www.epa.gov/nps/toolbox.
Want to Know More?
Appendix E
-------
E-9
EPA Stormwater Outreach Materials
EPA has developed a set of materials that state or local governments
can customize and use in their own stormwater outreach campaigns.
The electronic files on this website contain space for officials to add
their own contact information and inexpensively reproduce door
hangers, posters, brochures, bookmarks, and placemats. The site in-
cludes materials suited for the general public, homeowners, construc-
tion site operators, and children. View or download the materials at
http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwatermonth.cfni.
California Storm Water Toolbox
The California Water Boards provide a multilingual set of educational
and outreach tools developed as part of their "Erase the Waste" cam-
paign. The Erase the Waste campaign is a public education program,
working to reduce harmful storm water pollution and improve the
environment of the region's coastal and inland communities. All ele-
ments of the California Storm Water Toolbox are free and download-
able (including ads, posters, radio PSAs and collateral materials) at
www. swrcb. ca.gov/water_issues/programs/oulreoch/erase_waste.
South Carolina Polluted Runoff Outreach Toolbox
This website provides links to outreach materials on a variety of NFS
and stormwater topics, tips on developing an outreach program, and
other useful resource links. Available at www.scdhec.gov/environ-
ment/woter/npstoolbox.
Clean Water in Your Watershed: A Citizens Guide to
Watershed Protection
Using Enviroscape watershed education models, children and adults
learn by applying chemicals (drink mix) and loose soil (cocoa)
throughout a typical community and then making it "rain" to imme-
diately see the water pollution these activities could cause. Contact
Enviroscape, c/o JT&A, Inc., 14524-F Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151.
Phone: (703) 631-8810; www.enviroscapes.com (click on "Order
Now"); or e-mail: learn@enviroscapes.com.
Nonpoint Source News-Notes
EPA's Nonpoint Source News-Notes is an occasional bulletin dealing
with the condition of the water-related environment. To download
the newsletter and search back issues, visit the website at www.epa.
gov/newsnotes.
Surf Your Watershed
Through this online service, you can locate your watershed and
discover its condition and the partnerships working to protect it. Find
information on population, area, land use, environmental issues,
watershed groups, and water quality. You can also generate maps of
your watershed at www.epa.gov/surf.
Want to Know More?
-------
-1O
Volunteer Monitor
The Volunteer Monitor newsletter facilitates the exchange of ideas,
monitoring methods, and practical advice among volunteer environ-
mental monitoring groups across the United States. It's available at
www. epa.gov/owow/monitoring/volunteer/vm_index. html.
Water Environment Federation
This website provides a collection of Water Environment Federation
resources and outside links related to watersheds. Included are pub-
lications, background information, coming events, and networking
areas, www.wef.org
Watershed Academy Web
Through the Watershed Academy Web, EPA offers a variety of self-
paced training modules that represent a basic and broad introduction
to the watershed management field. Modules take 1A hour to 2 hours
to complete. Courses include "Top Ten Watershed Lessons Learned,"
"Introduction to the Clean Water Act," "Wetland Functions and Val-
ues," and more. For more information, visit www.epa.gov/wotertrain.
Water Words That Work™
Water Words That Work is a water blog that explores how the con-
servation community can be more successful whenever setting out
to change everyday citizens' minds and behavior. Water Words That
Work re-orients nature protection and pollution control experts to the
vocabulary and perspective of everyday citizens, and can help you
translate your shoptalk into environmental writing that is clear and
compelling, www.waterwordsthatwork.com
Working with the media
Communications Tips for Positive Media Relations
The following website, hosted by the Mississippi Department of Edu-
cation's Office of Information and Safety, provides a list of helpful
suggestions for organizations working with the media for outreach
purposes: www.mde.kl2.ms.us/extrel/network/nettip.htm.
Media Facts: A Guide to Competitive Media
Published by the Radio Advertising Bureau, this guide will help you
understand and evaluate the strengths of various media formats. To
download a copy, visit www.rab.com/public/MediaFacts/mediafacts.
cfrn, or call (800) 232-3131.
Want to Know More?
Appendix E
-------
Press Release Writing
The Press Release Writing website provides several articles and tips
for organizations beginning to write press releases. Visit www.press-
release-writing.com or call (800) 990-5545 for more information.
Public Service Advertising Research Center
The Public Service Advertising Research Center is an online informa-
tion library dedicated to public service advertising. The site provides
a PSA bibliography, media profiles, an interactive broadcasters' cafe,
case studies, and help sites. Visit www.psaresearch.com for more
information.
The Radio Marketing Guide
Use this guide from the Radio Advertising Bureau to determine how
radio can help you attain your outreach goals and market your cause
more effectively. To download a copy, visit www.rab.com (click on
"For Advertisers") or call (800) 232-3131.
Survey and focus group design
Fairfax County Department of Systems Management for
Human Services
This Northern Virginia county offers a brochure on survey question-
naire design, www.fairfoxcounty.gov/demogrph/pdf/questionnaire
design.pdf
The Focus Group Guidebook
Written by David L. Morgan, Portland State University, and Richard
A. Krueger and Jean A. King, University of Minnesota, this series has
six volumes (in a Focus Group Kit) that cover all aspects of planning,
conducting, and analyzing results of focus groups. It was published
in 1998 by Sage Publications and is available from
rder@sagepub. com.
Statpac Survey Software
Statpac provides information on what makes a quality survey ques-
tion. www.statpac.com/surveys/question-qualities.htm
University of Baltimore
The university offers an informational website on questionnaire de-
sign and survey samples, http://home.ubalt.edu/ntsbarsh/stat-dota/
Surveys. htm#rss
Want to Know More?
-------
-------
Motes:
-------
Motes:
-------
-------
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Getting In Step
A Guide for Conducting
Watershed Outreach Campaigns
3rd edition
November 2010
EPA 841-B-10-002
This publication is printed on recycled paper with soy-based inks.
------- |